0>>>>101-02-94 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन01-02-94 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban01-02-94 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x01-02-94 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 01-02-94 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2त्रिकालदर्शीस्थिति के श्रेष्ठ आसन द्वारा सदा विजयी बनोtrikāladarśīsthiti kē|K śhrēṣhṭh āsan dvārā sadā vijayī banōx kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sadā vijayī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]x (of|K) elevated seat through constantly victorious become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1Today, Trikaldarshi BapDada is seeing his master trikaldarshi children (knowers of the three aspects of time) .
3दिव्य बुद्धि वा विशाल बुद्धि का वरदान देने वाले त्रिकालदर्शीबापदादा अपने मास्टर त्रिकालदर्शीबच्चों प्रति बोले -divya buddhi vā viśhāl buddhi kā vardān dēnē vālē trikāladarśībāpadādā apnē master trikāladarśībaccō̃ prati bōlē -divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] vā viśhāl[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] master x prati bōlnā[opt.sg.23]|bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] -divine intellect or broad and unlimited intellect of blessing give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x one’s own master x for (speak[opt.sg.23]|speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) -
2BapDada has given each child the means of becoming trikaldarshi: the blessing of a divine intellect, and the special gift of a Brahmin birth.
4आज त्रिकालदर्शीबापदादा अपने सर्व मास्टर त्रिकालदर्शीबच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj trikāladarśībāpadādā apnē sarv master trikāladarśībaccō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj x apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] master x kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today x one’s own all master x to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3Because, only by having a divine intellect can children clearly know the Father, their own selves, and the aspects of time.
5त्रिकालदर्शीबनने का साधन बापदादा ने हर बच्चे को दिव्य बुद्धि का वरदान वा ब्राह्मण जन्म की विशेष सौगात दी है . trikāladarśībananē kā sādhan bāpdādā nē har|her bachchē kō divya buddhi kā vardān vā brāhmaṇ janm kī|key viśhēṣh saugāt dī hai . x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . x of facilities BapDada ∅ (x|x[root]) child to divine intellect of blessing or Brahmin (life|be born[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special gift give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
4It is with a divine intellect, and with remembrance, that you are able to imbibe all the powers. 5This is why the first blessing is a divine intellect.
6क्योंकि दिव्य बुद्धि द्वारा ही बाप को , अपने आपको और तीनों कालों को स्पष्ट जान सकते हो . kyōṅki divya buddhi dvārā hī bāp kō , apnē āpkō aur tīnō̃ kālō̃ kō spaṣhṭ jān saktē hō . kyōṅki divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] dvārā hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] aur tīnō̃[adj.] kālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]|kāl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . because divine intellect through only father to , one’s own you[.kō] and all three (ugly|x) to clearly know[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
6BapDada has given this blessing to all of the children, but each of you use this number-wise in your own practical lives.
7दिव्य बुद्धि तथा याद द्वारा ही सर्व शक्तियों को धारण कर सकते हो . divya buddhi tathā yād dvārā hī sarv śhaktiyō̃ kō dhāraṇ kar saktē hō . divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] tathā yād[n.f.;sg.] dvārā hī[p.] sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dhāraṇ karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . divine intellect and remembrance through only all Shakti to adopt[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
7A divine intellect enables you to experience the trikaldarshi stage.
8इसलिये पहला वरदान दिव्य बुद्धि है . isliyē pahlā vardān divya buddhi hai . isliē pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore x blessing divine intellect be[pres.sg.23] .
8A divine intellect is the basis for imbibing all four subjects.
9ये वरदान बापदादा ने सर्व बच्चों को दिया है . yē vardān bāpdādā nē sarv bachchō̃ kō diyā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this blessing BapDada ∅ all child to give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
9All the children know all the four subjects very well: they even speak of them.
10लेकिन इस वरदान को प्रत्यक्ष जीवन में नम्बरवार कार्य में लगाते हो . lēkin is vardān kō pratyakṣha jīvan mē̃ number-vār kārya mē̃ lagātē hō . lēkin yah[pn.sg.o.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] number-wār kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2] . but this blessing to visible life in numberwise task in attach[pres.pl.m.2] .
10Whether they are new or old, everyone knows of them, and speaks of them. 11All are clever in this, but you create a number in imbibing them.
11दिव्य बुद्धि त्रिकालदर्शीस्थिति का अनुभव कराती है . divya buddhi trikāladarśīsthiti kā anubhav karātī hai . divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.f.23] . divine intellect x of experience make commit[pres.sg.f.23] . 12चारों ही सब्जेक्ट धारण करने का आधार दिव्य बुद्धि है . chārō̃ hī subject dhāraṇ karnē kā ādhār divya buddhi hai . chārō̃ hī[p.] subject dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x only subject adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of basis divine intellect be[pres.sg.23] .
12At the time of putting any thought into words or actions, souls who have a divine intellect will already know the three aspects of time of every word and every action.
13चारों ही सब्जेक्ट को सभी बच्चे अच्छी तरह से जानते हैं , वर्णन भी करते हैं लेकिन जानना , वर्णन करना-यह सभी को आता है . chārō̃ hī subject kō sabhī bachchē achchhī tarah sē jāntē haĩ , varṇan bhī kartē haĩ lēkin jānnā , varṇan karanā-yah sabhī kō ātā hai . chārō̃ hī[p.] subject kō[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . x only subject to all child achcha x from know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but know[inf.m.sg.d.] , x x all to come[pres.sg.m.23] .
13However, those who have an ordinary intellect may know the present clearly, but they do not know their past or future very clearly.
14चाहे नये हैं , चाहे पुराने हैं , इसमें सभी होशियार हैं लेकिन धारण करना-इसमें नम्बर बन जाते हैं . chāhē nayē haĩ , chāhē purānē haĩ , ismē̃ sabhī hōśhiyār haĩ lēkin dhāraṇ karanā-isamē̃ number ban jātē haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] sab[adv.hī] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] x number bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) new be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) old be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this[.mē̃] all clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] but adopting x number become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
14Souls who have a divine intellect know the past and future just as clearly as the present. 15They experience all three aspects of time to be clear simultaneously.
15दिव्य बुद्धि की विशेषतायें , दिव्य बुद्धि वाली आत्मायें कोई भी संकल्प को कर्म वा वाणी में लाने समय हर बोल और हर कर्म को तीनों काल से जान कर फिर प्रैक्टिकल में आती हैं . divya buddhi kī|key viśhēṣhatāyē̃ , divya buddhi vālī ātmāyē̃ kōī bhī saṅkalp kō karma vā vāṇī mē̃ lānē samay har|her bōl aur har|her karma kō tīnō̃ kāl sē jān kar phir practical mē̃ ātī haĩ . divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kōī bhī[x] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] har|harnā[root]|her bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] aur har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tīnō̃[adj.] kal sē[postp.] jān[n.m.;sg.,d.]|jānnā[root] karnā[root] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] practical mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . divine intellect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality , divine intellect those who soul anyone thought to deed or words in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] time (x|x[root]) (x|speak[root]) and (x|x[root]) deed to all three x from (x|know[root]) do[root] (turn[root]|then) practical in come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
16In fact, everyone says: “whatever you think or do or speak, before you do it, first think and consider everything, and only then do it”. 17Keep the consequences in front of you before you perform any action.
16साधारण बुद्धि वाली आत्मायें बहुत करके वर्तमान को स्पष्ट जानती हैं लेकिन भविष्य और भूतकाल को स्पष्ट नहीं जानतीं . sādhāraṇ buddhi vālī ātmāyē̃ bahut karkē vartamān kō spaṣhṭ jāntī haĩ lēkin bhaviṣhya aur bhūtkāl kō spaṣhṭ nahī̃ jāntī̃ . sādhāraṇ[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut karnā[abs.] vartamān[adj.] kō[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] jānnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin bhaviṣhya[adj.] aur bhūtkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[pres-part.f.pl.] . ordinary intellect those who soul very do[abs.] present to clearly know[pres.pl.f.12hon3] but future and x to clearly not know[pres-part.f.pl.] .
18The consequence is the future. 19A trikaldarshi intellect is number-one. 20Those who have a trikaldarshi intellect will never experience any lack of success.
17दिव्य बुद्धि वाली आत्मा को पास्ट और फ्युचर भी इतना ही स्पष्ट होता है जैसे प्रेजेन्ट स्पष्ट है . divya buddhi vālī ātmā kō past aur future bhī itnā hī spaṣhṭ hōtā hai jaisē present spaṣhṭ hai . divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] past aur future bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] present spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . divine intellect those who soul to past and future too such only clearly be[pres.sg.m.23] like present clearly be[pres.sg.23] . 18तीनों ही काल साथ-साथ स्पष्ट अनुभव होता है . tīnō̃ hī kāl sāth-sāth spaṣhṭ anubhav hōtā hai . tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] kal sāth-sāth spaṣhṭ[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . all three only x x clearly experience be[pres.sg.m.23] .
21But amongst the children there are three types of intellect: those who have a trikaldarshi intellect constantly those who only sometimes have a trikaldarshi intellect and at other times see only one aspect of time those who have a careless intellect.
19वैसे सभी कहते भी हैं कि जो सोचो , जो करो , जो बोलो , आगे-पीछे को सोच-समझ करके करो . vaisē sabhī kahtē bhī haĩ ki jō sōchō , jō karō , jō bōlō , āgē-pīchhē kō sōch-samajh karkē karō . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āgē-pīchhē kō[postp.] sōchnā-samajhnā[root] karnā[abs.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x all say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that that think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , earlier or later to consider carefully[root] do[abs.] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 20कर्म के पहले परिणाम को सामने रखो , परिणाम हुआ भविष्य . karma kē|K pahlē pariṇām kō sāmnē rakhō , pariṇām huā bhaviṣhya . karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pariṇām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pariṇām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] . deed (of|K) (x|firstly) x to x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x be[past-part.m.sg.d.] future . 21तो नम्बरवन है त्रिकालदर्शीबुद्धि . tō number one hai trikāladarśībuddhi . tō number one hōnā[pres.sg.23] x . then number one be[pres.sg.23] x . 22त्रिकालदर्शीबुद्धि कभी असफलता का अनुभव नहीं करेगी . trikāladarśībuddhi kabhī asaphaltā kā anubhav nahī̃ karēgī . x kabhī[adv.] asaphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . x ever x of experience not do[fut.f.sg.23] .
22Those who have a careless intellect always see just the present, and always think that - whatever is happening now, whatever they are receiving now, or however they are moving now - they will remain fine just by doing that: “why should we worry about what will happen in the future?”
23लेकिन बच्चों में तीन प्रकार की बुद्धि वाले हैं . lēkin bachchō̃ mē̃ tīn prakār kī|key buddhi vālē haĩ . lēkin bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] tīn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key buddhi[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but child in x form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) intellect those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 24पहला नम्बर सुनाया सदा त्रिकालदर्शीबुद्धि . pahlā number sunāyā sadā trikāladarśībuddhi . pahlā number[x] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sadā x . x speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] constantly x .
23However, because a careless intellect does not think of the beginning or the end, it is constantly deceived, and cannot attain success.
25दूसरा नम्बर कभी त्रिकालदर्शीऔर कभी एक कालदर्शी . dūsrā number kabhī trikāladarśīaur kabhī ēk kāldarśhī . dūsrā number[x] kabhī[adv.] x kabhī[adv.] ēk[adj.] kāldarśhī[adj.] . x ever x ever one x .
24So, you have to become one who has a trikaldarshi intellect.
26तीसरा नम्बर अलबेली बुद्धि , जो सदा वर्तमान को देखते , सदा यही सोचते कि जो अभी हो रहा है या मिल रहा है वा चल रहा है इसमें ठीक रहें , भविष्य क्या होगा इसको क्या सोचें . tīsrā number albēlī buddhi , jō sadā vartamān kō dēkhtē , sadā yahī sōchtē ki jō abhī hō rahā hai yā mil rahā hai vā chal rahā hai ismē̃ ṭhīk rahē̃ , bhaviṣhya kyā hōgā iskō kyā sōchē̃ . tīsrā number[x] albēlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] , jō[pn.;d.] sadā vartamān[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sadā yahī[pn.;d.] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] yā milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] vā chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , bhaviṣhya[adj.] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.kō] kyā sōchnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . x careless intellect , that constantly present to see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , constantly this think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that that now be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] or receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] or continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] this[.mē̃] OK remain[opt.pl.12hon3] , future what be[fut.m.sg.23] this[.kō] what think[opt.pl.12hon3] .
25The trikaldarshi stage is such an elevated seat that, through having it, you are constantly victorious, and you are those who give others the power to become victorious, and also give them co-operation. 26A divine intellect is a broad intellect.
27लेकिन अलबेली बुद्धि आदि-मध्य-अन्त को न सोचने के कारण सदा सफलता प्राप्त करने में धोखा खा लेती है . lēkin albēlī buddhi ādi-madhy-ant kō na sōchnē kē|K kāraṇ sadā saphaltā prāpt karnē mē̃ dhōkhā khā lētī hai . lēkin albēlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] ādi-madhya-ant kō[postp.] na[neg] sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] . but careless intellect the beginning, the middle and the end to not think[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because constantly success reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in deception eat[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] .
27A divine intellect is an unlimited intellect. 28So check which number of intellect you have made your own.
28तो बनना है त्रिकालदर्शीबुद्धि . tō bannā hai trikāladarśībuddhi . tō bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x . then become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x . 29त्रिकालदर्शीस्थिति ऐसा श्रेष्ठ आसन है जिस आसन अर्थात् स्थिति द्वारा स्वयं भी सदा विजयी और दूसरों को भी विजयी बनने की शक्ति वा सहयोग देने वाले हैं . trikāladarśīsthiti aisā śhrēṣhṭh āsan hai jis āsan arthāt sthiti dvārā svayã bhī sadā vijayī aur dūsrō̃ kō bhī vijayī bannē kī|key śhakti vā sahyōg dēnē vālē haĩ . x aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.o.] āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sthiti[n.f.;sg.] dvārā svayã bhī[p.] sadā vijayī[adj.] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vijayī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vā sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x such elevated seat be[pres.sg.23] that seat that is stage through x too constantly victorious and other to too victorious become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti or cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
29BapDada saw in the result of the children that all have an accumulation of the treasures of knowledge, virtues and powers. 30So why are you number-wise? 31There was not a single person visible who had not accumulated any treasures.
30दिव्य बुद्धि विशाल बुद्धि है . divya buddhi viśhāl buddhi hai . divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] viśhāl[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . divine intellect broad and unlimited intellect be[pres.sg.23] .
32You have all accumulated treasures, have you not?
31दिव्य बुद्धि बेहद की बुद्धि है . divya buddhi bēhad kī|key buddhi hai . divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key buddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . divine intellect unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) intellect be[pres.sg.23] .
33Or are you empty? 34You are overflowing, are you not?
32तो चेक करो कि स्वयं की बुद्धि किस नम्बर की बनाई है ? tō check karō ki svayã kī|key buddhi kis number kī|key banāī hai ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] svayã karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] number karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) intellect (what|who) number (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
35So, why is it number-wise? 36Do you know your own self? 37Do you have this knowledge clearly?
33बापदादा ने बच्चों की रिजल्ट में देखा कि ज्ञान , गुण , शक्तियों का खज़ाना जमा सभी बच्चों के पास है लेकिन जमा होते भी नम्बरवार क्यों हैं ? bāpdādā nē bachchō̃ kī|key result mē̃ dēkhā ki gyān , guṇ , śhaktiyō̃ kā khazānā jamā sabhī bachchō̃ kē pās hai lēkin jamā hōtē bhī number-vār kyō̃ haĩ ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē pās[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] number-wār kyō̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? BapDada ∅ child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that knowledge , virtue , Shakti of treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) all child to be[pres.sg.23] but (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too numberwise why be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
38Do you have the knowledge of the self? 39Do you have the knowledge of the Father? 40Do you have the knowledge of the cycle? 41Do you have the knowledge of the philosophy of karma?
34ऐसा कोई भी नहीं दिखाई दिया जिसके पास खज़ाने जमा नहीं हों . aisā kōī bhī nahī̃ dikhāī diyā jiskē pās|pass khazānē jamā nahī̃ hō̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] dikhāī dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . such anyone not be visible that[.kē] (x|pass) treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) not be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
42Do all of you have this? 43All those at the back: do you have this?
35सभी के पास जमा हैं ना ! sabhī kē pās jamā haĩ nā ! sab[adv.hī] kē pās[x] jamnā[x] nā ! all to x[x] ∅ !
44Or do you only have a little, not a lot?
36फिर नम्बरवार क्यों ? phir number-vār kyō̃ ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] number-wār kyō̃ ? (turn[root]|then) numberwise why ?
45You have a lot, do you not?
37अगर किसी से भी पूछेंगे-स्वयं का ज्ञान है , बाप का ज्ञान है , चक्कर का ज्ञान है , कर्मों के गति का ज्ञान है ? agar kisī sē bhī pūchēṅgē-svayã kā gyān hai , bāp kā gyān hai , chakkar kā gyān hai , karmō̃ kē|K gati kā gyān hai ? agar kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? if (anything|some) from too x of knowledge be[pres.sg.23] , father of knowledge be[pres.sg.23] , cycle of knowledge be[pres.sg.23] , deed (of|K) speed of knowledge be[pres.sg.23] ?
46Do you have the powers? 47Are you overflowing? 48Do you have all of the powers? 49Or do you have some and not others?
38सभी के पास सर्वशक्तियाँ हैं कि कोई हैं , कोई नहीं हैं ? sabhī kē pās sarvśhaktiyā̃ haĩ ki kōī haĩ , kōī nahī̃ haĩ ? sab[adv.hī] kē pās[x] sarvśhaktiyō̃[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? all to all the powers be[pres.pl.12hon3] that some be[pres.pl.12hon3] , some not be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
50What is it? 51You are not saying “yes” to this.
39ज्ञान में सभी ने हाँ किया और शक्तियों में हाँ क्यों नहीं किया ? gyān mē̃ sabhī nē hā̃ kiyā aur śhaktiyō̃ mē̃ hā̃ kyō̃ nahī̃ kiyā ? gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] hā̃ karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hā̃ kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? knowledge in all ∅ yes do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and Shakti in yes why not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
52All of you have said “yes” for knowledge, but you are not saying “yes” for the powers? 53Achcha.
40अच्छा , सभी गुण हैं ? achchhā , sabhī guṇ haĩ ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? achcha , all virtue be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
54Do you have all the virtues?
41सर्व गुण बुद्धि में हैं ? sarv guṇ buddhi mē̃ haĩ ? sarv[adj.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? all virtue intellect in be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
55Do you have all the virtues in your intellect?
42बुद्धि में ज्ञान भी है , शक्तियाँ भी हैं फिर नम्बरवार क्यों ? buddhi mē̃ gyān bhī hai , śhaktiyā̃ bhī haĩ phir number-vār kyō̃ ? buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] number-wār kyō̃ ? intellect in knowledge too be[pres.sg.23] , Shakti too be[pres.pl.12hon3] (turn[root]|then) numberwise why ?
56You do have the knowledge, the powers, and the virtues, in your intellect: so then, why are you number-wise?
43फर्क क्या होता है ? phark kyā hōtā hai ? fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? difference what be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
57What is the difference?
44खज़ाने को विधिपूर्वक कार्य में लगाना नहीं आता है समय बीत जाता है फिर सोचते हैं कि ऐसे करते थे , इस विधि से चलते थे तो सिद्धि मिल जाती थी . khazānē kō vidhipūrvak kārya mē̃ lagānā nahī̃ ātā hai samay bīt jātā hai phir sōchtē haĩ ki aisē kartē thē , is vidhi sē chaltē thē tō siddhi mil jātī thī . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] vidhipūrvak kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bītnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , yah[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chalnā[hab-past.pl.m.] tō siddhi[x] milnā[hab-past.f..root+jānā] . treasure to with discipline task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] not come[pres.sg.m.23] time pass[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] (turn[root]|then) think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that such do[hab-past.pl.m.] , this method from continue[hab-past.pl.m.] then success receive[hab-past.f..root+jānā] .
58You do do not know how to use the knowledge, the virtues, or the powers, according to the time. 59You do not know how to use all of the treasures accurately at the right time.
45तो समय को जानना और समय प्रमाण शक्ति वा गुण वा ज्ञान को कार्य में लगाना-इसके लिये दिव्य बुद्धि की विशेषता आवश्यक है . tō samay kō jānnā aur samay pramāṇ śhakti vā guṇ vā gyān kō kārya mē̃ lagānā-isakē liyē divya buddhi kī|key viśhēṣhtā āvaśhyak hai . tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vā guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then time to know[inf.m.sg.d.] and time (under) Shakti or virtue or knowledge to task in x take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] divine intellect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality x be[pres.sg.23] .
60After the moment has passed, you think: “if I had done this - if I had used that method - I would have been successful”. 61So a divine intellect is essential in order to know when to use the powers, virtues, and knowledge.
46वैसे ज्ञान की पाइंट्स बहुत सोचते रहते हैं , सुनाते भी रहते हैं , कापियों में भी भरी हुई रहती हैं , सबके पास कितनी डायरियां इक ù ी हुई होंगी , काफी स्टॉक हो गया है ना , तो जैसे बाप के लिये गाया हुआ है कि मैं जो हूँ , जैसा हूँ वैसे मुझे जानने वाले कोटों में कोई हैं . vaisē gyān kī|key pāiṇṭsa bahut sōchtē rahtē haĩ , sunātē bhī rahtē haĩ , kāpiyō̃ mē̃ bhī bharī huī rahtī haĩ , sabkē pās|pass kitnī ḍiaryā̃ ik ù ī huī hōṅgī , kāphī stock hō gayā hai nā , tō jaisē bāp kē|K liyē gāyā huā hai ki maĩ jō hū̃ , jaisā hū̃ vaisē mujhē jānnē vālē kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x bahut sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , sunānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bharnā[past-part.f.]|bharī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.past-part+rahnā] , sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] diary[x] x ù x hōnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , kāphī[adj.] stock hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā , tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x very think[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x in too (fill[past-part.f.]|x) be[pres.pl.f.12hon3.past-part+rahnā] , everyone's (x|pass) so diary x ù x be[past-part.f.] be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , enough stock be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ , then like father (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that I that be[pres.sg.1] , like be[pres.sg.1] x I[.kō] know[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x in some be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
62You think of many points of knowledge, and you even relate them to others, and note them in your notebooks. 63How many diaries have all of you accumulated? 64There must be a great stock of them by now! 65It is remembered that there are only a few out of multi-millions who know the Father as I am, and what I am.
47जानते तो सभी हैं लेकिन अण्डरलाइन है-जो हूँ , जैसा हूँ , उसमें अन्तर पड़ जाता है . jāntē tō sabhī haĩ lēkin underline hai-jō hū̃ , jaisā hū̃ , usmē̃ antar paṛ jātā hai . jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin underline x hōnā[pres.sg.1] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then all be[pres.pl.12hon3] but underline x be[pres.sg.1] , like be[pres.sg.1] , that[.mē̃] difference fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
66All of you know Me. 67But to know Me as I am and what I am: this is what is underlined.
48इसी रीति जैसा समय और जो ज्ञान की पाइंट या गुण या शक्ति आवश्यक है वैसा कार्य में लगाना इसमें अन्तर पड़ जाता है और इसी अन्तर के कारण नम्बर बन जाते हैं . isī rīti jaisā samay aur jō gyān kī|key point yā guṇ yā śhakti āvaśhyak hai vaisā kārya mē̃ lagānā ismē̃ antar paṛ jātā hai aur isī antar kē|K kāraṇ number ban jātē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.hī] rīti[n.f.;sg.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur jō[pn.;d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key point yā guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur yah[pn.sg.hī] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] number bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . this[.hī] way like time and that knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) point or virtue or Shakti x be[pres.sg.23] x task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.mē̃] difference fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] and this[.hī] difference (of|K) because number become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
68According to the time, the difference is created in this. 69In the same way there is a difference created in using a particular point of knowledge, virtue, or power, that is needed. 70Because of this difference, the numbers are created.
49तो कारण समझा ? tō kāraṇ samjhā ? tō kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then because (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
71Do you understand the reason?
50एक तो समय प्रमाण विधि का अन्तर पड़ जाता है , दूसरा कोई भी कर्म वा संकल्प त्रिकालदर्शीबन नहीं करते , इसलिये नम्बर बन जाते हैं . ēk tō samay pramāṇ vidhi kā antar paṛ jātā hai , dūsrā kōī bhī karma vā saṅkalp trikāladarśīban nahī̃ kartē , isliyē number ban jātē haĩ . ēk[adj.] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī bhī[x] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] x nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , isliē number bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . one then time (under) method of difference fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , other anyone deed or thought x not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , therefore number become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
72Firstly, a difference is created in using the method according to the time, and secondly you do not create the thought - or perform the action - whilst being trikaldarshi. 73So, a number is created.
51कोई भी संकल्प बुद्धि में आता है तो संकल्प है बीज , वाचा और कर्मणा बीज का विस्तार है , अगर संकल्प अर्थात् बीज को त्रिकालदर्शीस्थिति में स्थित होकर चेक करो , शक्तिशाली बनाओ तो वाणी और कर्म में स्वतः ही सहज सफलता है ही है . kōī bhī saṅkalp buddhi mē̃ ātā hai tō saṅkalp hai bīj , vāchā aur karmaṇā bīj kā vistār hai , agar saṅkalp arthāt bīj kō trikāladarśīsthiti mē̃ sthit hōkar check karō , śhaktiśhālī banāō tō vāṇī aur karma mē̃ svataḥ hī sahaj saphaltā hai hī hai . kōī bhī[x] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vāchā aur karmaṇā bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , agar saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] x mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[abs.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , śhaktiśhālī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] svataḥ hī[p.] sahaj[adj.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone thought intellect in come[pres.sg.m.23] then thought be[pres.sg.23] seed , x and x seed of expansion be[pres.sg.23] , if thought that is seed to x in stabilised be[abs.] check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , powerful create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then words and deed in automatically only easy success be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
74Any though that enters the intellect is the seed, and words and actions are the expansion of that seed. 75By checking the thoughts - that is the seed - whilst remaining stable in the trikaldarshi stage and making it powerful, there will automatically be easy success in your words and actions.
52संकल्प को चेक नहीं करते अर्थात् बीज शक्तिशाली नहीं होता तो वाणी और कर्म में भी सिद्धि की शक्ति नहीं रहती . saṅkalp kō check nahī̃ kartē arthāt bīj śhaktiśhālī nahī̃ hōtā tō vāṇī aur karma mē̃ bhī siddhi kī|key śhakti nahī̃ rahtī . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] check nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] arthāt bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] siddhi[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.f.] . thought to check not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that is seed powerful not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then words and deed in too success (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti not remain[pres-part.f.] .
76But if you do not check your thoughts - that is, if the seed is not powerful - then there isn't the power of success in your words or your actions.
53लक्ष्य सभी का सिद्धि स्वरूप बनने का है ना , तो सदा सिद्धि स्वरूप बनने की विधि जो सुनाई , उसको चेक करो . lakṣhya sabhī kā siddhi svarūp bannē kā hai nā , tō sadā siddhi svarūp bannē kī|key vidhi jō sunāī , uskō check karō . lakṣhya[adj.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] siddhi[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , tō sadā siddhi[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] sunānā[past-part.f.] , vah[pn.sg.kō] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . aim all of success form become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , then constantly success form become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method that speak[past-part.f.] , that[.kō] check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
77The aim of all of you is to become the embodiment of success, is it not? 78So use this method you have been given, to constantly be the embodiment of success.
54बीच-बीच में बुद्धि अलबेली बन जाती है इसलिये कभी सिद्धि अनुभव करते और कभी मेहनत अनुभव करते . bīch-bīch mē̃ buddhi albēlī ban jātī hai isliyē kabhī siddhi anubhav kartē aur kabhī mēhnat anubhav kartē . bīch-bīch mē̃[x] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] albēlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] isliē kabhī[adv.] siddhi[x] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur kabhī[adv.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . x intellect careless become[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] therefore ever success experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and ever effort experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
79In-between, your intellect becomes careless, and therefore you sometimes experience success, and at other times you experience failure.
55बापदादा का सभी बच्चों से प्यार की निशानी है कि सब बच्चे सदा सहज सिद्धि स्वरूप बन जायें . bāpdādā kā sabhī bachchō̃ sē pyār kī|key niśhānī hai ki sab bachchē sadā sahaj siddhi svarūp ban jāyē̃ . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sadā sahaj[adj.] siddhi[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . BapDada of all child from love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] that all child constantly easy success form become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
80It is a sign of BapDada’s love for the children that he wishes that all children should easily become the embodiment of success.
56आपके जड़ चित्रों द्वारा भक्त आत्मायें सिद्धि प्राप्त करती रहती हैं , तो चैतन्य में सिद्धि स्वरूप बने हो तब तो जड़ चित्रों द्वारा भी और आत्मायें सिद्धि प्राप्त करती रहती हैं . āpkē jaṛ chitrō̃ dvārā bhakta ātmāyē̃ siddhi prāpt kartī rahtī haĩ , tō chaitanya mē̃ siddhi svarūp banē hō tab tō jaṛ chitrō̃ dvārā bhī aur ātmāyē̃ siddhi prāpt kartī rahtī haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] siddhi[x] prāpt karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , tō chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] siddhi[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] tab tō jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā bhī[p.] aur ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] siddhi[x] prāpt karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture through devotee soul success reach , then living in success form become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] for only then then (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture through too and soul success reach .
81Devotee (bhagat) souls continue to attain success from your non-living images. 82It is because you became the embodiment of success in the living form that other souls continue to attain success from your non-living images.
57जो त्रिकालदर्शीस्थिति में स्थित रहते हैं तो त्रिकालदर्शीस्थिति समर्थ स्थिति है . jō trikāladarśīsthiti mē̃ sthit rahtē haĩ tō trikāladarśīsthiti samarth sthiti hai . jō[pn.;d.] x mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō x samarth[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that x in stabilised remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then x powerful stage be[pres.sg.23] .
83You stabilise yourself in the stage of being trikaldarshi, and the trikaldarshi stage is a powerful stage.
58इस समर्थ स्थिति वाले व्यर्थ को ऐसा सहज समाप्त कर देते हैं जो स्वप्न मात्र भी व्यर्थ समाप्त हो जाता है . is samarth sthiti vālē vyarth kō aisā sahaj samāpt kar dētē haĩ jō svapn mātra bhī vyarth samāpt hō jātā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] samarth[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] samāpt karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] jō[pn.;d.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . this powerful stage those who wasteful to such easy x that dream just too wasteful finished be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
84Those that have a powerful stage finish everything wasteful so easily that the waste is finished even in dreams.
59अगर त्रिकालदर्शीबुद्धि द्वारा कर्म नहीं करते हैं तो व्यर्थ का बोझ बार-बार ऊंचे नम्बर में अधिकारी बनने नहीं देता . agar trikāladarśībuddhi dvārā karma nahī̃ kartē haĩ tō vyarth kā bōjh bār-bār ūñchē number mē̃ adhikārī bannē nahī̃ dētā . agar x dvārā karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] number mē̃[postp.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . if x through deed not do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then wasteful of burden time elevated number in (one) who has a right become[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
85If you do not perform actions with a trikaldarshi intellect, then the burden of waste will repeatedly prevent you from claiming a right to a high number.
60तो दिव्य बुद्धि का वरदान सदा हर समय कार्य में लगाओ . tō divya buddhi kā vardān sadā har|her samay kārya mē̃ lagāō . tō divya[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then divine intellect of blessing constantly (x|x[root]) time task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
86So, at very moment, constantly use the blessing of a divine intellect.
61बापदादा ने पहले भी इशारा दिया है कि ज्ञानी-योगी आत्मायें बने हो , अबज्ञान और योग को , शक्ति को प्रयोग में लाने वाले प्रयोगशाली आत्मायें बनो . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī iśhārā diyā hai ki gyānī-yōgī ātmāyē̃ banē hō , abajñān aur yōg kō , śhakti kō prayōg mē̃ lānē vālē prayōgśhālī ātmāyē̃ banō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] gyānī-yōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , x aur yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prayōgśhālī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too signal give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that x soul become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , x and yoga to , Shakti to experiment in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x soul become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
87BapDada also gave you a signal earlier, that as you have become gyani-yogi souls, you now have to experiment with the powers of gyan (knowledge) and yoga.
62जैसे साइन्स की शक्ति का प्रयोग दिखाई देता है ना , लेकिन साइन्स की शक्ति के प्रयोग का भी मूल आधार क्या है ? jaisē science kī|key śhakti kā prayōg dikhāī dētā hai nā , lēkin science kī|key śhakti kē|K prayōg kā bhī mūl ādhār kyā hai ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , lēkin science karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? like science (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti of experiment be visible ∅ , but science (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti (of|K) experiment of too main basis what be[pres.sg.23] ? 63आज जो भी साइन्स ने प्रयोग के साधन दिये हैं , उन सब साधनों का आधार क्या है ? āj jō bhī science nē prayōg kē|K sādhan diyē haĩ , un sab sādhanō̃ kā ādhār kyā hai ? āj jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] science nē[postp.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adj.] sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? today that too science ∅ experiment (of|K) facilities give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that all facilities of basis what be[pres.sg.23] ?
88You can see the experiments of the power of science, so what is the main basis of these? 89Whatever instruments science has given by experimentation, what is the basis of all those instruments? 90What is the basis of the experiments of science?
64साइन्स के प्रयोग का आधार क्या है ? science kē|K prayōg kā ādhār kyā hai ? science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? science (of|K) experiment of basis what be[pres.sg.23] ?
91If you examine it carefully, the basis of the majority of them is light.
65मैजारिटी देखेंगे लाइट है . majority dēkhē̃gē light hai . majority dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] light hōnā[pres.sg.23] . majority see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] light be[pres.sg.23] .
92It is through light that they experiment.
66लाइट द्वारा ही प्रयोग होता है . light dvārā hī prayōg hōtā hai . light dvārā hī[p.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . light through only experiment be[pres.sg.m.23] .
93This is what you have seen, is it not?
67अगर कम्प्युटर भी चलता है तो किसके आधार से ? agar computer bhī chaltā hai tō kiskē ādhār sē ? agar computer bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kaun[pn.sg.kē] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ? if computer too continue[pres.sg.m.23] then who[.kē] basis from ?
94When a computer is working, on what basis is it working?
68कम्प्युटर माइट है लेकिन आधार लाइट है ना . computer might hai lēkin ādhār light hai nā . computer might hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] light hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . computer might be[pres.sg.23] but basis light be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
95The computer is the might, but what is the basis of it?
69तो आपके साइलेन्स की शक्ति का भी आधार क्या है ? tō āpkē silence kī|key śhakti kā bhī ādhār kyā hai ? tō āp[pn.pl.kē] silence karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then you[.kē] silence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti of too basis what be[pres.sg.23] ?
96It is light, is it not? 97So, what is the basis of your power of silence?
70लाइट है ना . light hai nā . light hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . light be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
98It is light, is it not?
71जब वह प्रकृति की लाइट द्वारा एक लाइट अनेक प्रकार के प्रयोग प्रैक्टिकल में करके दिखाती है तो आपकी अविनाशी परमात्म लाइट , आत्मिक लाइट और साथ-साथ प्रैक्टिकल स्थिति लाइट , तो उससे क्या नहीं प्रयोग हो सकता ! jab vah prakr̥iti kī|key light dvārā ēk light anēk prakār kē|K prayōg practical mē̃ karkē dikhātī hai tō āpkī avināśhī paramātma light , ātmik light aur sāth-sāth practical sthiti light , tō ussē kyā nahī̃ prayōg hō saktā ! jab vah[pn.sg.d.] prakr̥iti[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key light dvārā ēk[adj.] light anēk[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] practical mē̃[postp.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō āp[pn.pl.kī] avināśhī[adj.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] light , ātmik[adj.] light aur sāth-sāth practical sthiti[n.f.;sg.] light , tō vah[pn.sg.sē] kyā nahī̃[neg] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ! when that matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) light through one light many form (of|K) experiment practical in do[abs.] x[pres.sg.f.23] then you[.kī] imperishable Supreme Soul light , soul-conscious light and x practical stage light , then that[.sē] what not experiment (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] !
99So through the element of light, with one light, they are able to experiment in many different ways, and put things into a practical form. 100So then, with the imperishable Godly light, and your light of the soul, and your practical stage of lightness, what can you not experiment with?
72आपके पास स्थिति भी लाइट है और मूल स्वरूप भी लाइट है . āpkē pās|pass sthiti bhī light hai aur mūl svarūp bhī light hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass sthiti[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] light hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] light hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kē] (x|pass) stage too light be[pres.sg.23] and main form too light be[pres.sg.23] .
101You have the stage of being light, and your original form is also of light.
73जब भी कोई प्रयोग करना चाहते हो तो पहले अपने मूल आधार को चेक करो . jab bhī kōī prayōg karnā chāhtē hō tō pahlē apnē mūl ādhār kō check karō . jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.inf+cāhnā] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . when too some experiment do[pres.pl.m.2.inf+cāhnā] then (x|firstly) one’s own main basis to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
102So, when any of you wish to experiment, then check your main basis.
74जैसे कोई भी साइन्स के साधन को यूज़करेंगे तो पहले चेक करेंगे ना कि लाइट है या नहीं है . jaisē kōī bhī science kē|K sādhan kō yūzakarēṅgē tō pahlē check karē̃gē nā ki light hai yā nahī̃ hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī bhī[x] science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] x tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] check karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ki[conj.] light hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like anyone science (of|K) facilities to x then (x|firstly) check do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ that light be[pres.sg.23] or not be[pres.sg.23] .
103Anyone who uses the tools of science will first of all check whether it has a light or not.
75ऐसे जब योग का , शक्तियों का , गुणों का प्रयोग करते हो तो पहले ये चेक करो कि मूल आधार आत्मिक शक्ति , परमात्म शक्ति वा लाइट ( हल्की ) स्थिति है ? aisē jab yōg kā , śhaktiyō̃ kā , guṇō̃ kā prayōg kartē hō tō pahlē yē check karō ki mūl ādhār ātmik śhakti , paramātma śhakti vā light ( halkī ) sthiti hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jab yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.pl.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmik[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vā light ( halkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ) sthiti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such when yoga of , Shakti of , virtue of experiment do[pres.pl.m.2] then (x|firstly) this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that main basis soul-conscious Shakti , Supreme Soul Shakti or light ( light ) stage be[pres.sg.23] ? 76अगर स्थिति और स्वरूप डबल लाइट है तो प्रयोग की सफलता बहुत सहज कर सकते हो . agar sthiti aur svarūp double light hai tō prayōg kī|key saphaltā bahut sahaj kar saktē hō . agar sthiti[n.f.;sg.] aur svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] double light[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bahut sahaj[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . if stage and form double-light be[pres.sg.23] then experiment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success very easy do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
104In the same way, when you experiment with yoga, the powers, and the virtues, then first of all check whether there is the main basis, that is, whether there is the power of the soul, the Godly power, and the stage of lightness.
77और सबसे पहले इस अभ्यास को शक्तिशाली बनाने के लिये पहले अपने पर प्रयोग करके देखो . aur sabsē pahlē is abhyās kō śhaktiśhālī banānē kē|K liyē pahlē apnē par prayōg karkē dēkhō . aur sabsē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.o.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and the most (x|firstly) this practice to powerful create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (x|firstly) one’s own (at|other) experiment do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
105When there is the double-light of the stage and the form, You will very easily attain success in your experiments.
78हर मास वा हर 15 दिन के लिये कोई न कोई विशेष गुण वा कोई न कोई विशेष शक्ति का स्व प्रति प्रयोग करके देखो . har|her mās vā har|her 15 din kē|K liyē kōī na kōī viśhēṣh guṇ vā kōī na kōī viśhēṣh śhakti kā sva prati prayōg karkē dēkhō . har|harnā[root]|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā har|harnā[root]|her 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sva prati prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|x[root]) (month|x) or (x|x[root]) 15 day (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] one .. or another special virtue or one .. or another special Shakti of x for experiment do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
106In order to make this practice powerful, first of all experiment on yourself, and then see. 107Every month, or every fortnight, experiment on yourself with one special virtue or power.
79क्योंकि संगठन में वा सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में पेपर तो आते ही हैं तो पहले अपने ऊपर प्रयोग में चेक करो कोई भी पेपर आया लेकिन जो शक्ति वा जो गुण का प्रयोग करने का लक्ष्य रखा , उसमें कहाँ तक सफलता मिली ? kyōṅki saṅgaṭhan mē̃ vā sambandh-sampark mē̃ paper tō ātē hī haĩ tō pahlē apnē ūpar prayōg mē̃ check karō kōī bhī paper āyā lēkin jō śhakti vā jō guṇ kā prayōg karnē kā lakṣhya rakhā , usmē̃ kahā̃ tak saphaltā milī ? kyōṅki saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] vā sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paper tō ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī bhī[x] paper ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vā jō[pn.;d.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kahā̃ tak[x] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] ? because gathering in or x in paper then come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] then (x|firstly) one’s own over experiment in check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] anyone paper come[past-part.m.sg.d.] but that Shakti or that virtue of experiment do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) , that[.mē̃] to what extent success receive[past-part.f.] ?
108Within a gathering, or in contact or relationship with others, test papers will come. 109First of all check - in your experiments on yourself, in whatever test-paper comes - to what extent you receive success with any virtue or power. 110And how long does it take?
80और कितने समय में सफलता मिली ? aur kitnē samay mē̃ saphaltā milī ? aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] ? and so time in success receive[past-part.f.] ? 81जैसे साइन्स का प्रयोग दिन-प्रतिदिन थोड़े समय में प्रत्यक्ष रूप का अनुभव कराने में आगे बढ़ रहा है तो समय भी कम करते जाते हैं . jaisē science kā prayōg din-pratidin thōṛē samay mē̃ pratyakṣha rūp kā anubhav karānē mē̃ āgē baṛh rahā hai tō samay bhī cum|kam kartē jātē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratidin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . like science of experiment day by day short time in visible Rup of experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] in previously grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23] then time too (x|less) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
111The experiments of science are, day by day, moving forwards in making you experience the practical form quickly: they are taking less and less time. 112They receive a great deal of success in a little time. 113This is the aim of the scientists.
82थोड़े समय में सफलता जयादा-यह साइन्स वालों का भी लक्ष्य है . thōṛē samay mē̃ saphaltā jayādā-yah science vālō̃ kā bhī lakṣhya hai . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] x science vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . short time in success x science those who of too aim be[pres.sg.23] .
114In the same way, whatever your aim is, check how long it takes, and check the success.
83ऐसे जो भी लक्ष्य रखा उसमें समय को भी चेक करो और सफलता को भी चेक करो . aisē jō bhī lakṣhya rakhā usmē̃ samay kō bhī check karō aur saphaltā kō bhī check karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such that too aim (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) that[.mē̃] time to too check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and success to too check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
115When you are successful in experimenting on yourself then it will become easy to experiment on others souls.
84जब स्व के प्रति प्रयोग में सफल हो जायेंगे तो दूसरी आत्माओं के प्रति प्रयोग करना सहज हो जायेगा और जब स्व के प्रति सफलता अनुभव करेंगे तो आपके दिल में औरों के प्रति प्रयोग करने का उमंग-उत्साह स्वतः ही बढ़ता जायेगा . jab sva kē prati prayōg mē̃ saphal hō jāyēṅgē tō dūsrī ātmāō̃ kē prati prayōg karnā sahaj hō jāyēgā aur jab sva kē prati saphaltā anubhav karē̃gē tō āpkē dil mē̃ aurō̃ kē prati prayōg karnē kā umaṅg-utsāh svataḥ hī baṛhtā jāyēgā . jab sva kē prati[x] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] aur jab sva kē prati[x] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aurō̃ kē prati[x] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . when x for experiment in successful be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then other soul for experiment do[inf.m.sg.d.] easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] and when x for success experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then you[.kē] heart in others for experiment do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of zeal and enthusiasm automatically only grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
116And when you experience success yourself, then the zeal in your heart for experimenting on others will also increase. 117Because of experimenting with the self, when you are in contact or relationship with others, your experiments will automatically influence those souls.
85अन्य आत्माओं के सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में स्व के प्रयोग द्वारा उन आत्माओं को भी आपके प्रयोग का प्रभाव स्वतः ही पड़ता रहेगा . anya ātmāō̃ kē|K sambandh-sampark mē̃ sva kē|K prayōg dvārā un ātmāō̃ kō bhī āpkē prayōg kā prabhāv svataḥ hī paṛtā rahēgā . anya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sva kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā vah[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . other soul (of|K) x in x (of|K) experiment through that soul to too you[.kē] experiment of x automatically only fall[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
118For example, you should experiment with the power of tolerance. 119When you experiment with the power of tolerance, then the soul who is instrumental to make your tolerance fluctuate will also be saved.
86जैसे एक दृष्टान्त सामने रखो कि मुझे सहनशक्ति का प्रयोग करना है तो जब स्वयं में सहनशक्ति का प्रयोग करेंगे तो जो दूसरी आत्मायें आपकी सहनशक्ति को हिलाने के निमित्त हैं वो भी बच जायेंगी ना , उनका भी तो किनारा हो जायेगा . jaisē ēk dr̥iṣhṭānt sāmnē rakhō ki mujhē sahanśhakti kā prayōg karnā hai tō jab svayã mē̃ sahanśhakti kā prayōg karē̃gē tō jō dūsrī ātmāyē̃ āpkī sahanśhakti kō hilānē kē nimitt haĩ vō bhī bach jāyēṅgī nā , unkā bhī tō kinārā hō jāyēgā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] dr̥iṣhṭānt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō jab svayã mē̃[postp.] sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō jō[pn.;d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] hilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bachnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] nā , vah[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] tō kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . like one x x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I[.kō] x of experiment do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then when x in x of experiment do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then that other soul you[.kī] x to make fluctuate[inf.m.pl.,o.] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that too x[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ , that[.kā] too then x be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
120That soul will also be moved away from this, will he not? 121And when living in little gatherings - and centres are little gatherings - first of all try it on your own self, and then try it on your little gathering. 122Create a programme of experimenting with any virtue or any power within a gathering. 123So what will happen through that?
87और जैसे छोटे-छोटे संगठन में रहते हो , सेन्टर्स हैं तो सेन्टर्स पर छोटे संगठन हैं ना तो पहले स्व के प्रति ट्रायल करो फिर अपने छोटे संगठन में ट्रायल करो . aur jaisē chhōṭē-chhōṭē saṅgaṭhan mē̃ rahtē hō , centres haĩ tō centres par chhōṭē saṅgaṭhan haĩ nā tō pahlē sva kē prati trial karō phir apnē chhōṭē saṅgaṭhan mē̃ trial karō . aur jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , centre hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sva kē prati[x] trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and like small gathering in remain[pres.pl.m.2] , centre be[pres.pl.12hon3] then centre (at|other) small gathering be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ then (x|firstly) x for try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (turn[root]|then) one’s own small gathering in try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
124An atmosphere of that virtue or power will be created, and that vibration will spread everywhere, and of course the influence of the vibrations and the atmosphere will fall on many souls. 125So, become such souls, who experiment.
88संगठन रूप में कोई भी गुण वा शक्ति के प्रयोग का प्रोग्राम बनाओ . saṅgaṭhan rūp mē̃ kōī bhī guṇ vā śhakti kē|K prayōg kā programme banāō . saṅgaṭhan[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . gathering Rup in anyone virtue or Shakti (of|K) experiment of programme create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 89उससे क्या होगा ? ussē kyā hōgā ? vah[pn.sg.sē] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? that[.sē] what be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
126First of all, experience contentment within yourself, and then it will become easy for others, because you will know the method.
90संगठन की शक्ति से उसी गुण वा शक्ति का वायुमण्डल बन जायेगा , वायब्रेशन फैलेगा और वायुमण्डल वा वायब्रेशन का प्रभाव अनेक आत्माओं के ऊपर पड़ता ही है . saṅgaṭhan kī|key śhakti sē usī guṇ vā śhakti kā vāyumaṇḍal ban jāyēgā , vibration phailēgā aur vāyumaṇḍal vā vibration kā prabhāv anēk ātmāō̃ kē ūpar paṛtā hī hai . saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.sg.hī] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , vibration phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā vibration kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . gathering (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti from that[.hī] virtue or Shakti of atmosphere become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , vibrations spread[fut.m.sg.23] and atmosphere or vibrations of x many soul over fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
127Just as an instrument of science is first experimented with in the form of a sample, and then they create it on a larger scale, in the same way you should first of all use yourself a sample.
91तो ऐसे प्रयोगशाली आत्मायें बनो . tō aisē prayōgśhālī ātmāyē̃ banō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prayōgśhālī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such x soul become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 92पहले स्वयं में सन्तुष्टता का अनुभव करो फिर औरों में सहज हो जायेगा . pahlē svayã mē̃ santuṣhṭatā kā anubhav karō phir aurō̃ mē̃ sahaj hō jāyēgā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] svayã mē̃[postp.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] aurō̃ mē̃[postp.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . (x|firstly) x in contentment of experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (turn[root]|then) others in easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . 93क्योंकि विधि आ जायेगी . kyōṅki vidhi ā jāyēgī . kyōṅki vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . because method come[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
128Then this interest in experimenting will increase, and your mind and intellect will remain busy in that. 129Then the time and powers that you use in trivial matters will be saved.
94जैसे साइन्स के कोई भी साधन को पहले सेम्पल के रूप में प्रयोग करते हैं फिर विशाल रूप में प्रयोग करते हैं , ऐसे आप पहले स्वयं को सेम्पल के रीति से यूज़ करो . jaisē science kē|K kōī bhī sādhan kō pahlē sample kē|K rūp mē̃ prayōg kartē haĩ phir viśhāl rūp mē̃ prayōg kartē haĩ , aisē āp pahlē svayã kō sample kē|K rīti sē use karō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kōī bhī[x] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sample kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] viśhāl[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] svayã kō[postp.] sample kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like science (of|K) anyone facilities to (x|firstly) sample (of|K) Rup in experiment do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (turn[root]|then) broad and unlimited Rup in experiment do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , such you (x|firstly) x to sample (of|K) way from use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
130The stage of introversion will easily attract you towards itself, because the experimenting, and the success of each experiment automatically makes you move away from everything else. 131All of you can carry out this experiment, can you not?
95और ये प्रयोग करने की रूचि बढ़ती जायेगी और बुद्धि-मन इसमें बिजी रहेगा , तो छोटी-छोटी बातों में जो समय लगाते हो , शक्तियाँ लगाते हो उनकी बचत हो जायेगी . aur yē prayōg karnē kī|key rūchi baṛhtī jāyēgī aur buddhi-man ismē̃ busy rahēgā , tō chhōṭī-chhōṭī bātō̃ mē̃ jō samay lagātē hō , śhaktiyā̃ lagātē hō unkī bachat hō jāyēgī . aur yah[pn.pl.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] aur man-buddhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] busy rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] , tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.pl.kī] bachat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . and this experiment do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) interest grow[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] and x this[.mē̃] busy remain[fut.m.sg.23] , then small matter in that time attach[pres.pl.m.2] , Shakti attach[pres.pl.m.2] that[.kī] x be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
132Or is it difficult? 133So this year, become the souls who experiment. 134Do you understand what you have to do? 135If all of you were to engage in experimenting with the self, then how powerful would the gathering of such souls be?
96सहज ही अन्तर्मुखता की स्थिति अपनी तरफआकर्षित करेगी . sahaj hī antarmukhtā kī|key sthiti apnī taraphaākarṣit karēgī . sahaj[adj.] hī[p.] antarmukhtā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] x karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . easy only x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage one’s own x do[fut.f.sg.23] .
136So the rays - that is, the vibrations - of the gathering will achieve a great deal.
97क्योंकि कोई भीचीज़ का प्रयोग और प्रयोग की सफलता स्वतः ही और सब तरफ से किनारा करा देती है . kyōṅki kōī bhīcīz kā prayōg aur prayōg kī|key saphaltā svataḥ hī aur sab taraph sē kinārā karā dētī hai . kyōṅki kōī[pn.;d.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] svataḥ hī[p.] aur sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . because some x of experiment and experiment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success automatically only and all direction from x make commit[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .
137You simply need determination for this: “I definitely have to do this”. 138The influence of the carelessness of others should not fall upon you.
98ये प्रयोग तो सभी कर सकते हो ना , कि मुश्किल है ? yē prayōg tō sabhī kar saktē hō nā , ki muśhkil hai ? yah[pn.pl.d.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sab[adv.hī] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā , ki[conj.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this experiment then all do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅ , that difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
139Instead, the influence of your determination should fall upon others.
99इस वर्ष प्रयोगशाली आत्मायें बनो . is varṣh prayōgśhālī ātmāyē̃ banō . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] prayōgśhālī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this year x soul become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
140Is the power of determination elevated?
100समझा क्या करना है ? samjhā kyā karnā hai ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
141Or is being careless elevated?
101और हर एक स्वयं के प्रति प्रयोग में लग जायेंगे तो प्रयोगशाली आत्माओं का संगठन कितना पॉवरफुल बन जायेगा ! aur har ēk svayã kē prati prayōg mē̃ lag jāyēṅgē tō prayōgśhālī ātmāō̃ kā saṅgaṭhan kitnā powerful ban jāyēgā ! aur har ēk[x] svayã kē prati[x] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō prayōgśhālī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] powerful bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ! and each one x for experiment in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then x soul of gathering so powerful become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ! 102वह संगठन की किरणें अर्थात् वायब्रेशन्स बहुत कार्य करके दिखायेंगी . vah saṅgaṭhan kī|key kiraṇē̃ arthāt vibrations bahut kārya karkē dikhāyēṅgī . vah[pn.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] arthāt vibration bahut kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . that gathering (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ray that is vibrations very task do[abs.] x[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
142It is the power of determination that is elevated, is it not? 143And BapDada has given the blessing that, wherever there is determination, there will definitely be success.
103इसमें सिर्फ दृढ़ता चाहिये - मुझे करना ही है . ismē̃ sirph dr̥iṛhtā chāhiyē - mujhē karnā hī hai . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] sirph[adj.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē - maĩ[pn.sg.kō] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.mē̃] only determination should - I[.kō] do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
144So, what will you become? (“those who experiment”) What else will you become?
104दूसरों के अलबेलेपन का प्रभाव नहीं पड़ना चाहिये . dūsrō̃ kē|K albēlēpan kā prabhāv nahī̃ paṛnā chāhiyē . dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[.oblig3] . other (of|K) carelessness of x not fall[.oblig3] .
145Those seated on the seat of being trikaldarshi.
105आपकी दृढ़ता का प्रभाव औरों पर पड़ना चाहिये . āpkī dr̥iṛhtā kā prabhāv aurō̃ par paṛnā chāhiyē . āp[pn.pl.kī] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aurō̃ par[postp.]|par[adj.] paṛnā[.oblig3] . you[.kī] determination of x others (at|other) fall[.oblig3] .
146And thirdly, what will you become?
106क्योंक दृढ़ता की शक्ति श्रेष्ठ है या अलबेलेपन की शक्ति श्रेष्ठ है ? kyōṅk dr̥iṛhtā kī śhakti śhrēṣhṭh hai yā albēlēpan kī|key śhakti śhrēṣhṭh hai ? x dr̥iṛhtā kī śhakti[x] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x power of determination elevated be[pres.sg.23] or carelessness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti elevated be[pres.sg.23] ?
147According to the time, you will become the embodiment of success, through using the right method.
107बापदादा का वरदान है जहाँ दृढ़ता है वहाँ सफलता है ही . bāpdādā kā vardān hai jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā hai vahā̃ saphaltā hai hī . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . BapDada of blessing be[pres.sg.23] where there determination be[pres.sg.23] there success be[pres.sg.23] only .
148So, this is the homework for the year, is it not?
108तो क्या बनेंगे ? tō kyā banē̃gē ? tō kyā bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 109प्रयोगशाली , त्रिकालदर्शीआसनधारी . prayōgśhālī , trikāladarśīāsanadhārī . prayōgśhālī[adj.] , x . x , x .
149This homework will automatically bring you close to the Father.
110और तीसरा क्या करेंगे ? aur tīsrā kyā karē̃gē ? aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? and third what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 111जैसा समय , वैसी विधि से सिद्धि स्वरूप . jaisā samay , vaisī vidhi sē siddhi svarūp . jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] siddhi[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . like time , x method from success form . 112तो वर्ष का ये होमवर्क है . tō varṣh kā yē homework hai . tō varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] home work hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then year of this homework be[pres.sg.23] . 113ये होमवर्क स्वतः ही बाप के समीप लायेगा . yē homework svataḥ hī bāp kē|K samīp lāyēgā . yah[pn.pl.d.] home work svataḥ hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] lānā[fut.m.sg.23] . this homework automatically only father (of|K) close x[fut.m.sg.23] .
150You saw how father Brahma, before performing any action, thought of its beginning, middle, and end, and considered everything carefully, and then performed the action, and inspired others also.
114जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप को देखा-कोई भी कर्म करने के पहले आदि-मध्य-अन्त को सोच-समझ कर्म किया और कराया . jaisē brahmā bāp kō dēkhā-kōī bhī karma karnē kē|K pahlē ādi-madhy-ant kō sōch-samajh karma kiyā aur karāyā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] x bhī[p.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ādi-madhya-ant kō[postp.] sōchnā-samajhnā[root] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . like Brahma father to x too deed do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (x|firstly) the beginning, the middle and the end to consider carefully[root] deed do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
151There was no carelessness, nor thinking that whatever happens is alright, that it is okay, that it will have to do: no.
115अलबेलापन नहीं कि जैसा हुआ ठीक है , चलो , चलाना ही है . albēlāpan nahī̃ ki jaisā huā ṭhīk hai , chalō , chalānā hī hai . albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . carelessness not that like be[past-part.m.sg.d.] OK be[pres.sg.23] , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
152So, follow father Brahma. 153It is easy to follow, is it not?
116नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not . 117तो फॉलो ब्रह्मा बाप . tō follow brahmā bāp . tō follow brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then follow Brahma father .
154You just have to copy him, do you not?
118फॉलो करना तो सहज है ना ! follow karnā tō sahaj hai nā ! follow karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! follow do[inf.m.sg.d.] then easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
155You have the wisdom to copy, do you not?
119कॉपी करना है ना , कॉपी करने का तो अक्ल है ना ! copy karnā hai nā , copy karnē kā tō akla hai nā ! copy karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā , copy karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō akla[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! copy do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ , copy do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of then sense be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
156Achcha, this is the group that takes the chance. 157You have received an extra lottery.
120अच्छा , ये ग्रुप चांस लेने वाला ग्रुप है . achchhā , yē group chance lēnē vālā group hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] group chance lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha , this group chance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who group be[pres.sg.23] .
158Whenever someone suddenly receives a lottery, he experiences a lot of happiness.
121एक्स्ट्रा लॉटरी मिली है . extra lottery milī hai . extra lottery milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . extra lottery receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
159So this is the lucky group, is it not?
122जो अचानक लॉटरी मिलती है तो उसकी खुशी जयादा ही होती है . jō achānak lottery miltī hai tō uskī khuśhī jayādā hī hōtī hai . jō[pn.;d.] achānak lottery milnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kī] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . that suddenly lottery receive[pres.sg.f.23] then that[.kī] happiness x only be[pres.sg.f.23] .
160The lucky group that takes the chance. 161You have this happiness, do you not?
123तो ये लक्की ग्रुप हुआ ना , चांस लेने वाला लक्की ग्रुप . tō yē lucky group huā nā , chance lēnē vālā lucky group . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] lucky group hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , chance lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lucky group . then this lucky group be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , chance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who lucky group .
162Others keep thinking of when they will come here, but you have already reached here.
124दूसरे सोचते रहते कब जायेंगे और आप पहुँच गये . dūsrē sōchtē rahtē kab jāyēṅgē aur āp pahũch gayē . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kab jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . other think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] when go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and you reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
163Double foreigners have also become very clever in taking the chance.
125अब डबल विदेशियों का टर्न शुरू होने वाला है . ab double vidēśhiyō̃ kā turn śhurū hōnē vālā hai . ab[adv.] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now double foreigner of you beginning be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
164You are clever, are you not? 165Now he turn of the double foreigners is about to begin.
126भारतवासियों ने अपनी लॉटरी ले ली . bhāratvāsiyō̃ nē apnī lottery lē lī . bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] lottery lēnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . people of Bharat ∅ one’s own lottery take[past-part.f..root+lēnā] .
166The people of Bharat have taken their lottery.
127चारों ओर के डबल विदेशी बच्चों ने जो रिट्रीट का प्रोग्राम बनाया है-उसमें मेहनत अच्छी की . chārō̃ ōr kē|K double vidēśhī bachchō̃ nē jō retreat kā programme banāyā hai-usamē̃ mēhnat achchhī kī|key . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] retreat kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . everywhere (of|K) double foreigner child ∅ that x of programme create[past-part.m.sg.d.] x effort achcha (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
167Whatever programme the double foreign children in all four directions created for the retreat, good effort was made for it.
128विशेष निमित्त आत्माओं को समीप लाने की विधि अच्छी है . viśhēṣh nimitt ātmāō̃ kō samīp lānē kī|key vidhi achchhī hai . viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . special instrument soul to close x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
168The method of bringing special instrument souls close is good.
129और जितना हिम्मत रख आगे बढ़ते रहे हैं उतनी सफलता हर वर्ष श्रेष्ठ से श्रेष्ठ मिलती रही है . aur jitnā himmat rakh āgē baṛhtē rahē haĩ utnī saphaltā har|her varṣh śhrēṣhṭh sē śhrēṣhṭh miltī rahī hai . aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[root] āgē baṛhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] har|harnā[root]|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sē[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] . and the more courage keep[root] previously grow[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] x success (x|x[root]) year elevated from elevated receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
169To the extent that you have made progress in maintaining courage, you have received the most elevated success of all.
130ऐसे अनुभव होता है ना ! aisē anubhav hōtā hai nā ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! such experience be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
170You have this experience, do you not?
131कोई समय था जो निमित्त विशेष आत्माओं से सम्पर्क करना भी मुश्किल लगता था और अभी क्या लगता है ? kōī samay thā jō nimitt viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ sē samparka karnā bhī muśhkil lagtā thā aur abhī kyā lagtā hai ? kōī[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] muśhkil[adj.] lagnā[hab-past.m.sg.] aur ab[adv.hī] kyā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? some time be[past.m.sg] that instrument special soul from x do[inf.m.sg.d.] too difficult x[hab-past.m.sg.] and now what x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
171There was a time when it was very difficult to make any contact with special instrument souls, and what does it seem like now?
132जितना सोचते हो उससे और ही ज्यादा आते हैं ना ! jitnā sōchtē hō ussē aur hī jyādā ātē haĩ nā ! jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.sē] aur hī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! the more think[pres.pl.m.2] that[.sē] and only more come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
172More people come than you expected, do they not?
133तो ये हिम्मत का प्रत्यक्षफल है . tō yē himmat kā pratyakṣhaphal hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this courage of x be[pres.sg.23] .
173So, this is the instant fruit of courage.
134भारत में भी सम्पर्क बढ़ता जाता है . bhārat mē̃ bhī samparka baṛhtā jātā hai . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . Bharat in too x grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] .
174Contacts in Bharat are also increasing.
135पहले आप निमन्त्रण देने की मेहनत करते थे और अभी स्वयं आने की ऑफर करते हैं . pahlē āp nimantraṇ dēnē kī|key mēhnat kartē thē aur abhī svayã ānē kī|key offer kartē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āp[pn.pl.] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[hab-past.pl.m.] aur ab[adv.hī] svayã ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key offer karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) you invitation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort do[hab-past.pl.m.] and now x (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) offer do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
175Previously you made effort to give invitations, and now they themselves offer to come.
136फर्क पड़ गया है ना ! phark paṛ gayā hai nā ! fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā ! difference fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ !
176It has become different has it not?
137वो कहते हैं हम चलें और आप कहते हो नम्बर नहीं है . vō kahtē haĩ ham chalē̃ aur āp kahtē hō number nahī̃ hai . vah[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] number nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we continue[opt.pl.12hon3] and you say[pres.pl.m.2] number not be[pres.sg.23] .
177They say that they will come, and you say that you don’t have any allocation for them.
138ये है हिम्मते बच्चे मददे बाप का प्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप . yē hai himmatē bachchē madadē bāp kā pratyakṣha svarūp . yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] madad bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣha svarūp[x] . this be[pres.sg.23] courage child x father of x .
178This is the practical form of children maintaining courage and receiving help from the Father.
139अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
179Achcha.
140चारों ओर के मास्टर त्रिकालदर्शीआत्माओं को , सदा समय के महत्व को जानने और समय प्रमाण खज़ाने को कार्य में लगाने वाले दिव्य बुद्धिवान आत्माओं को , सदा अन्तर्मुखता की प्रयोगशाला में प्रयोग करने वाली प्रयोगशाली आत्माओं को , सदा हिम्मत द्वारा बाप के मदद का प्रत्यक्ष अनुभव करने वाली आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद-प्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K master trikāladarśīātmāō̃ kō , sadā samay kē|K mahatva kō jānnē aur samay pramāṇ khazānē kō kārya mē̃ lagānē vālē divya buddhivān ātmāō̃ kō , sadā antarmukhtā kī|key prayōgśhālā mē̃ prayōg karnē vālī prayōgśhālī ātmāō̃ kō , sadā himmat dvārā bāp kē|K madad kā pratyakṣha anubhav karnē vālī ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād-pyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K master x kō[postp.] , sadā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] divya[adj.] buddhivān[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā antarmukhtā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prayōgśhālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] prayōgśhālī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K madad[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) master x to , constantly time (of|K) importance to know[inf.m.pl.,o.] and time (under) treasure to task in attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who divine wise soul to , constantly x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x in experiment do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x soul to , constantly courage through father (of|K) x of visible experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul to BapDada of love, remembrance and x . 141दादियों से मुलाकातः -dādiyō̃ sē mulākātaḥ -dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] x -Dadi from x -
180To the trikaldarshi souls in all four directions... to the wise souls with a divine intellect, who constantly know the importance of the time, and who use all the treasures according to the time... to the souls who constantly experiment in the laboratory of introversion... to the souls who, through their constant courage, constantly experience the practical help of the Father: love, remembrances, and namaste, from BapDada.
142आप निमित्त आत्मायें किस प्रयोगशाला में रहते हो ? āp nimitt ātmāyē̃ kis prayōgśhālā mē̃ rahtē hō ? āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] prayōgśhālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? you instrument soul (what|who) x in remain[pres.pl.m.2] ?
181(to the Dadis) 182In which laboratory do you instrument souls remain?
143सारा दिन कौन-सी प्रयोगशाला चलती है ? sārā din kaun-sī prayōgśhālā chaltī hai ? sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] prayōgśhālā[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? the whole day which x continue[pres.sg.f.23] ?
183Which laboratory continues throughout the day?
144नई-नई इन्वेन्शन करते रहते हो ना ! naī-naī invention kartē rahtē hō nā ! nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] nā ! new invention do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ !
184You create new inventions, do you not?
145नये-नये अनुभव करते जाते हो और नई-नई विधि की टचिंगहोती रहती है . nayē-nayē anubhav kartē jātē hō aur naī-naī vidhi kī|key ṭaciṅgahōtī rahtī hai . nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+jānā] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] . new experience do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+jānā] and new method (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x remain[pres.sg.f.23] .
185You have new experiences, and you also receive touchings for new methods.
146क्योंकि जो निमित्त हैं उनको विशेष नई-नई बातें टच होने का विशेष वरदान है . kyōṅki jō nimitt haĩ unkō viśhēṣh naī-naī bātē̃ touch hōnē kā viśhēṣh vardān hai . kyōṅki jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] viśhēṣh[adj.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] touch hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because that instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] special new matter touch be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of special blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
186Those who are instruments have the special blessing of being touched by new things.
147थोड़ा समय भी बीतेगा तो विचार चलते हैं ना , टचिंगआती है ना कि अभी ये हो , अभी ये हो , अभी ये होना चाहिये . thōṛā samay bhī bītēgā tō vichār chaltē haĩ nā , ṭaciṅgaātī hai nā ki abhī yē hō , abhī yē hō , abhī yē hōnā chāhiyē . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bītnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō vichār[x] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , x hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[.oblig3] . short time too pass[fut.m.sg.23] then x continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that now this (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , now this (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , now this be[.oblig3] .
187As soon as a little time passes, you have the thought, you receive the touching, that “this should happen now.. this should happen now”.
148तो निमित्त आत्माओं को विशेष उमंग-उत्साह बढ़ाने के वा परिवर्तन शक्ति को बढ़ाने के प्लैन की जरूरत है . tō nimitt ātmāō̃ kō viśhēṣh umaṅg-utsāh baṛhānē kē|K vā parivartan śhakti kō baṛhānē kē|K plan kī|key jarūrat hai . tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vā parivartan śhakti[x] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then instrument soul to special zeal and enthusiasm increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) or x to increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) plan (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] .
188So the instrument souls need plans to increase the zeal, and the power of transformation. 189They cannot stay without this.
149इसके बिना रह नहीं सकते हैं . iskē binā rah nahī̃ saktē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.kē] binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this[.kē] without remain[root] not can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 150बुद्धि चलती है ना . buddhi chaltī hai nā . buddhi[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . intellect continue[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ .
190You work on this: your intellect works on this, does it not?
151देख-देख आश्चर्यवत् नहीं होते लेकिन उमंग-उत्साह में आगे बढ़ाने के लिए प्लैनिंग बुद्धि बनते हैं . dēkh-dēkh āśhcharyavat nahī̃ hōtē lēkin umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ āgē baṛhānē kē liē planning buddhi bantē haĩ . dēkhnā[root] āśhcharyavat[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] planning buddhi[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . see[root] amazed not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but zeal and enthusiasm in previously increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] for planning intellect become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
191You do not become amazed as you see everything, but you become those who have a planning intellect to increase the zeal.
152माया संगठन को हिलाने के नये-नये प्लैन बनाती है , नई-नई बातें सुनती हो ना और आप लोग सभी को हिम्मत-उमंग में लाने के प्लैन बनाते हो . māyā saṅgaṭhan kō hilānē kē|K nayē-nayē plan banātī hai , naī-naī bātē̃ suntī hō nā aur āp lōg sabhī kō himmat-umaṅg mē̃ lānē kē|K plan banātē hō . māyā[n.f.;sg.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kō[postp.] hilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan banānā[pres.sg.f.23] , nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunnā[pres.pl.f.2] nā aur āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] x mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan banānā[pres.pl.m.2] . Maya gathering to make fluctuate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) new plan create[pres.sg.f.23] , new matter listen[pres.pl.f.2] ∅ and you people all to x in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) plan create[pres.pl.m.2] .
192Maya creates new plans to make the gathering fluctuate. 193You listen to new things, do you not? 194You create plans to bring courage and enthusiasm to everyone.
153कभी आश्चर्य लगता है ? kabhī āśhcharya lagtā hai ? kabhī[adv.] āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? ever amazement x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
195Do you ever feel amazed?
154नहीं लगता है ना . nahī̃ lagtā hai nā . nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . not x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
196No. 197You don’t, do you?
155माया भी पुरानी विधि से थोड़ेही अपना बनायेगी . māyā bhī purānī vidhi sē thōṛēhī apnā banāyēgī . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] thōṛēhī apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[fut.f.sg.23] . Maya too old method from not (adopt[root]|one’s own) create[fut.f.sg.23] . 156वो भी तो नवीनता लायेगी ना . vō bhī tō navīntā lāyēgī nā . vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] tō navīntā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[fut.f.sg.23] nā . that too then newness x[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ .
198Maya will not make you belong to her in the same old way, will she?
157अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha ! 158अव्यक्त बापदादा की पर्सनल मुलाकातavyakt bāpdādā kī|key personal mulākātavyakt[adj.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key personal mulākāt[n.f.;sg.]avyakt BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x x
199She will also bring about newness, will she not?
159ग्रुप नं . 1group nã . 1group x . 1group x . 1
200(group 1)
160अविनाशी अधिकार निश्चित है इस स्मृति से सदा निश्चिन्त रहो , सब बोझ बाप को दे दोavināśhī adhikār niśhchit hai is smr̥iti sē sadā niśhchinta rahō , sab bōjh bāp kō dē dōavināśhī[adj.] adhikār[x] niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.o.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sadā niśhchint[x] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sab[adj.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā]imperishable right fixed be[pres.sg.23] this awareness from constantly without worry remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , all burden father to give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā]
201Do all of you experience yourselves to be the souls who have a right to the Father’s inheritance?
161सभी अपने को बाप के वर्से के अधिकारी आत्मायें अनुभव करते हो . sabhī apnē kō bāp kē|K varsē kē|K adhikārī ātmāyē̃ anubhav kartē hō . sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . all one’s own to father (of|K) inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right soul experience do[pres.pl.m.2] .
202What is the sign of souls who have a right?
162अधिकारी आत्माओं की निशानी क्या होती है ? adhikārī ātmāō̃ kī|key niśhānī kyā hōtī hai ? adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? (one) who has a right soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign what be[pres.sg.f.23] ?
203There is the faith and intoxication of having all rights.
163अधिकार का निश्चय और नशा रहता है . adhikār kā niśhchay aur naśhā rahtā hai . adhikār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . right of faith and intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
204This is eternal spiritual intoxication.
164ये अविनाशी रूहानी नशा है . yē avināśhī rūhānī naśhā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] avināśhī[adj.] rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this imperishable spiritual intoxication be[pres.sg.23] . 165तो अधिकार में क्या-क्या मिला है , उसकी लिस्ट निकालो तो कितनी है ? tō adhikār mē̃ kyā-kyā milā hai , uskī list nikālō tō kitnī hai ? tō adhikār[x] mē̃[postp.] kyā milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] list nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then right in what receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.kī] list x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then so be[pres.sg.23] ?
205If you make a list of what you have received as a right, then how many rights are there?
166बड़ी लिस्ट है या छोटी लिस्ट है ? baṛī list hai yā chhōṭī list hai ? baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] list hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] list hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? very list be[pres.sg.23] or small list be[pres.sg.23] ?
206Is it a big list or a small list?
167तो सदैव अपने भिन्न-भिन्न प्राप्त अधिकारों को सामने रखो . tō sadaiv apnē bhinn-bhinn prāpt adhikārō̃ kō sāmnē rakhō . tō sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhinn[adj.] prāpt[adj.] x kō[postp.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then constantly one’s own different reached x to x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
207So, constantly keep all the different rights you have achieved in front of you.
168इमर्ज रूप में लाओ . emerge rūp mē̃ lāō . emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . emerge Rup in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
208Keep them in an emerged form.
169जितना इमर्ज होगा , स्मृति में होगा , तो स्मृति की समर्थी आती है . jitnā emerge hōgā , smr̥iti mē̃ hōgā , tō smr̥iti kī|key samarthī ātī hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] emerge hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , tō smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key samarthī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . the more emerge be[fut.m.sg.23] , awareness in be[fut.m.sg.23] , then awareness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) power come[pres.sg.f.23] .
209The more they are in an emerged form, and in your awareness, the more power there will be with this awareness.
170कभी किस अधिकार को याद करो , कभी किस अधिकार को याद करो . kabhī kis adhikār kō yād karō , kabhī kis adhikār kō yād karō . kabhī[adv.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] adhikār[x] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kabhī[adv.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] adhikār[x] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ever (what|who) right to remember , ever (what|who) right to remember .
210Sometimes remember one right, and at other times, remember the other rights.
171वेराइटी है ना . variety hai nā . variety hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . variety be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
211There are a variety of them.
172आजकल के मानव को भी वेराइटी में रूचि होती है ना . ājkal kē|K mānav kō bhī variety mē̃ rūchi hōtī hai nā . ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mānav[adj.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] variety mē̃[postp.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . nowadays (of|K) x to too variety in interest be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ .
212Nowadays people are very much interested in variety. 213So, how much variety do you have?
173तो आपके पास कितनी वेराइटी है ? tō āpkē pās|pass kitnī variety hai ? tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] variety hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then you[.kē] (x|pass) so variety be[pres.sg.23] ?
214You have a huge variety, do you not?
174बहुत है ना ! bahut hai nā ! bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! very be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 175कभी वरदान को इमर्ज करो , कभी वर्से में खज़ाने जो मिले हैं उनको इमर्ज करो तो कैसी स्थिति रहेगी ? kabhī vardān kō emerge karō , kabhī varsē mē̃ khazānē jō milē haĩ unkō emerge karō tō kaisī sthiti rahēgī ? kabhī[adv.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kabhī[adv.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? ever blessing to emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ever inheritance in treasure that receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then how stage remain[fut.f.sg.23] ?
215Sometimes make your blessings emerge, and sometimes make the treasures you have received as an inheritance emerge. 216What will your stage be like then?
176क्योंकि जैसी स्मृति वैसी स्थिति रहती है . kyōṅki jaisī smr̥iti vaisī sthiti rahtī hai . kyōṅki jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] . because like awareness x stage remain[pres.sg.f.23] .
217Whatever your awareness is, so accordingly is your stage.
177अगर स्मृति अधिकार की रही तो स्थिति क्या रहेगी ? agar smr̥iti adhikār kī rahī tō sthiti kyā rahēgī ? agar smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] adhikār[x] karnā[past-part.f..past-part+rahnā] tō sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kyā rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? if awareness right do[past-part.f..past-part+rahnā] then stage what remain[fut.f.sg.23] ?
218If your awareness is of having all rights, then what would your stage be like?
178खुशी में नाचते रहेंगे ना . khuśhī mē̃ nāchtē rahē̃gē nā . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] nā . happiness in dance[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ .
219You would dance in happiness.
179आजकल की दुनिया में किसी को रिवाजी अधिकार भी मिलता है तो कितना मेहनत करके अधिकार लेते हैं , जानते हैं यह सदा काल का नहीं है फिर भी कितना कुछ करते हैं . ājkal kī duniyā mē̃ kisī kō rivājī adhikār bhī miltā hai tō kitnā mēhnat karkē adhikār lētē haĩ , jāntē haĩ yah sadā kāl kā nahī̃ hai phir bhī kitnā kuchh kartē haĩ . ājkal karnā[past-part.f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] rivājī[adj.] adhikār[x] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] adhikār[x] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] sadā kal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phir bhī[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x[past-part.f.] world in (anything|some) to x right too receive[pres.sg.m.23] then so effort do[abs.] right take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this constantly x of not be[pres.sg.23] nevertheless so anything do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
220Nowadays, even if people receive what is naturally their right, they claim that right with so much effort that : they know it is not permanent, and yet they do so much to claim it.
180और आपको बिना मेहनत के अधिकार मिल गया . aur āpkō binā mēhnat kē|K adhikār mil gayā . aur āp[pn.pl.kō] binā mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikār[x] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . and you[.kō] without effort (of|K) right receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
221Whereas, you have received all rights without any effort.
181मेहनत करनी पड़ी क्या ? mēhnat karnī paṛī kyā ? mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f..oblig2] kyā ? effort do[past-part.f..oblig2] what ?
222Did you have to make any effort?
182बच्चा बनना अर्थात् अधिकार लेना . bachchā bannā arthāt adhikār lēnā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt adhikār[x] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . child become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is right take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
223To be a child means to claim all rights.
183मेरा माना और अधिकार मिला . mērā mānā aur adhikār milā . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur adhikār[x] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . I[.kā] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) and right (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) . 184तो वाह मेरा अधिकार ! tō vāh mērā adhikār ! tō vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] adhikār[x] ! then wah! I[.kā] right !
224The moment you accept Baba as yours, you receive all rights.
185वाह मैं श्रेष्ठ अधिकारी आत्मा ! vāh maĩ śhrēṣhṭh adhikārī ātmā ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] ! wah! I elevated (one) who has a right soul ! 186हद के अधिकार में नहीं , बेहद के अधिकार में . had kē|K adhikār mē̃ nahī̃ , bēhad kē|K adhikār mē̃ . had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikār[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikār[x] mē̃[postp.] . x (of|K) right in not , unlimited (of|K) right in .
225So, it is the wonder of your rights: “Wah, I the elevated soul, with all rights!”.
187हद के अधिकार के पीछे अगर कोई जाता है तो बेहद का अधिकार गंवाता है . had kē|K adhikār kē pīchhē agar kōī jātā hai tō bēhad kā adhikār ganvātā hai . had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikār[x] kē pīchhē[x] agar kōī[pn.;d.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō bēhad kā[x] adhikār[x] ganvānā[pres.sg.m.23] . x (of|K) right x if some go[pres.sg.m.23] then unlimited right lose[pres.sg.m.23] .
226You do not have limited rights, but all unlimited rights. 227Those who chase their limited rights lose their unlimited rights.
188तो सदा बेहद के अधिकार की खुशी में रहो . tō sadā bēhad kē|K adhikār kī|key khuśhī mē̃ rahō . tō sadā bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikār[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then constantly unlimited (of|K) right (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
228So, constantly maintain the happiness of your unlimited rights.
189खुश रहते हो ना ? khuśh rahtē hō nā ? khuśh[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? happy remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
229You remain happy, do you not?
190आप जैसी खुशी किसके पास है ? āp jaisī khuśhī kiskē pās|pass hai ? āp[pn.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you like happiness who[.kē] (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] ?
230Who else has the happiness that you have?
191निश्चिन्त हो गये , कोई चिन्ता है क्या ? niśhchinta hō gayē , kōī chintā hai kyā ? niśhchint[x] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , kōī[pn.;d.] chintā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ? without worry be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , some worry be[pres.sg.23] what ?
231Have you become carefree? 232Do you have any worries?
192पता नहीं , क्या होगा-ये चिन्ता है ? patā nahī̃ , kyā hōgā-yē chintā hai ? patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , kyā x chintā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? knowledge not , what x worry be[pres.sg.23] ? 193निश्चिन्त हैं . niśhchinta haĩ . niśhchint[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . without worry be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
233“I don’t know what will happen”: do you have this worry?
194क्योंकि अविनाशी अधिकार निश्चित ही है . kyōṅki avināśhī adhikār niśhchit hī hai . kyōṅki avināśhī[adj.] adhikār[x] niśhchit[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because imperishable right fixed only be[pres.sg.23] .
234You are carefree, because the eternal rights are predestined.
195तो जहाँ निश्चित होता है वहाँ निश्चिन्त होते हैं . tō jahā̃ niśhchit hōtā hai vahā̃ niśhchinta hōtē haĩ . tō jahā̃ niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vahā̃ niśhchint[x] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then where there fixed be[pres.sg.m.23] there without worry be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
235When something is predestined, you remain carefree.
196कोई भी बात निश्चित नहीं होती है तो उसकी चिन्ता रहती है , पता नहीं क्या होगा ! kōī bhī bāt niśhchit nahī̃ hōtī hai tō uskī chintā rahtī hai , patā nahī̃ kyā hōgā ! kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] niśhchit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kī] chintā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! anyone matter fixed not be[pres.sg.f.23] then that[.kī] worry remain[pres.sg.f.23] , knowledge not what be[fut.m.sg.23] !
236When something is not fixed, then there is the worry of not knowing what will happen. 237Are all the mothers free from worry?
197मातायें सभी निश्चिन्त है कि कोई-कोई चिन्ता रहती है ? mātāyē̃ sabhī niśhchinta hai ki kōī-kōī chintā rahtī hai ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] niśhchint[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] chintā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? mother all without worry be[pres.sg.23] that some worry remain[pres.sg.f.23] ?
238Or is there still some kind of worry? 239If you have given everything to the Father, you remain carefree.
198अगर सब बाप के हवाले कर दिया तो निश्चिन्त होंगे . agar sab bāp kē|K havālē kar diyā tō niśhchinta hōṅgē . agar sab[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K havālē karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] tō niśhchint[x] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if all father (of|K) give then without worry be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 199अपने ऊपर बोझ रखा तो निश्चिन्त नहीं होंगे , फिर चिन्ता जरूर होगी . apnē ūpar bōjh rakhā tō niśhchinta nahī̃ hōṅgē , phir chintā jarūr hōgī . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] tō niśhchint[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] chintā[n.f.;sg.] zarūr hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . one’s own over burden (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) then without worry not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (turn[root]|then) worry definitely be[fut.f.sg.23] .
240If you keep a burden on yourself, you do not remain carefree, and then there is definitely some kind of worry: “this is my responsibility.. this is my duty”.
200मेरी जिम्मेवारी है , मेरी फर्ज-अदाई है , मेरापन आना माना चिन्ता . mērī jimmēvārī hai , mērī pharj-adāī hai , mērāpan ānā mānā chintā . maĩ[pn.sg.kī] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] farj-adāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] chintā[n.f.;sg.] . I[.kī] responsibility be[pres.sg.23] , I[.kī] fulfilment of his duty be[pres.sg.23] , x (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) worry . 201अगर फर्ज है या जिम्मेवारी है तो बेहद की है , हद की नहीं . agar pharja hai yā jimmēvārī hai tō bēhad kī hai , had kī|key nahī̃ . agar farj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bēhad[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , had[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nahī̃[neg] . if duty be[pres.sg.23] or responsibility be[pres.sg.23] then unlimited do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) not .
241The moment you have the consciousness of “mine”, there are worries. 242If you have a duty or a responsibility, then that is unlimited, not limited: it is for the whole world, not just for two or four souls.
202विश्व की है . viśhva kī hai . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . world do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 203दो-चार की नहीं . dō-chār kī|key nahī̃ . dō chār karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nahī̃[neg] . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) not .
243Do you consider yourselves to be world mothers?
204अपने को अभी जगत माता समझती हो कि चार-पांच बच्चे , पोत्रे पोत्रियों की मातायें हो ? apnē kō abhī jagat mātā samajhtī hō ki cār-pāñc bachchē , pōtrē pōtriyō̃ kī|key mātāyē̃ hō ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.;sg.] samajhnā[pres.pl.f.2] ki[conj.] x bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , pōtrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pōtrī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? one’s own to now world mother understand[pres.pl.f.2] that x child , grandson granddaughter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) mother (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
244Or just the mothers of four or five children and grandchildren? 245What do you feel when you see any soul?
205किसी आत्मा को भी देखेंगे तो क्या लगता है ? kisī ātmā kō bhī dēkhē̃gē tō kyā lagtā hai ? kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kyā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? (anything|some) soul to too see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then what x[pres.sg.m.23] ? 206यह हमारा परिवार है ? yah hamārā parivār hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.kā] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this we[.kā] family be[pres.sg.23] ?
246That “this is my family”? or do you just consider your lokiks to be your family?
207कि सिर्फ लौकिक को अपना परिवार समझते हो ? ki sirph laukik kō apnā parivār samajhtē hō ? ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] laukik[adj.] kō[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? that only worldly to (adopt[root]|one’s own) family understand[pres.pl.m.2] ? 208बेहद परिवार के हैं . bēhad parivār kē|K haĩ . bēhad[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . unlimited family (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
247You belong to the unlimited family. 248You are the souls who are co-operative with the Father.
209बाप की सहयोगी आत्मायें हैं . bāp kī|key sahyōgī ātmāyē̃ haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sahyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) co-operative soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
249You have unlimited intoxication, do you not?
210बेहद का नशा है ना , कि कभी हद का , कभी बेहद का ? bēhad kā naśhā hai nā , ki kabhī had kā , kabhī bēhad kā ? bēhad kā[x] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kabhī[adv.] bēhad kā[x] ? unlimited intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that ever x of , ever unlimited ?
250Or is it sometimes limited, and sometimes unlimited?
211जैसे बाप वैसे बच्चे होते हैं तो बाप बेहद का बाप है तो बच्चे भी बेहद के हुए ना . jaisē bāp vaisē bachchē hōtē haĩ tō bāp bēhad kā bāp hai tō bachchē bhī bēhad kē|K huē nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bēhad kā bāp[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . like father x child be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then father unlimited Father be[pres.sg.23] then child too unlimited (of|K) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ .
251As is the Father, so are the children. 252And, since the Father is unlimited, the children are also unlimited.
212तो क्या याद रखेंगे ? tō kyā yād rakhē̃gē ? tō kyā yād rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what remember ?
253So, what will you remember?
213हम अधिकारी आत्मायें हैं . ham adhikārī ātmāyē̃ haĩ . ham[pn.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . we (one) who has a right soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
254“We are the souls who have a right”.
214सिर्फ वर्से के नहीं , वरदानों के भी-डबल अधिकार है . sirph varsē kē|K nahī̃ , vardānō̃ kē|K bhī-ḍabal adhikār hai . sirph[adj.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nahī̃[neg] , vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only inheritance (of|K) not , blessing (of|K) x right be[pres.sg.23] .
255Not just a right to the inheritance, but also to the blessings. 256You have double rights.
215वरदान भी देखो कितने मिलते हैं ! vardān bhī dēkhō kitnē miltē haĩ ! vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! blessing too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
257Look how many blessings you receive!
216रोज वरदान मिलता है ना ! rōj vardān miltā hai nā ! rōz vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! day blessing receive[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
258You receive a blessing every day.
217तो वरदानों से भी झोली भरते हो और वर्से से भी झोली भरते हो . tō vardānō̃ sē bhī jhōlī bhartē hō aur varsē sē bhī jhōlī bhartē hō . tō vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jhōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bharnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jhōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bharnā[pres.pl.m.2] . then blessing from too apron fill[pres.pl.m.2] and inheritance from too apron fill[pres.pl.m.2] .
259So, fill your apron with blessings, and also with the inheritance.
218इसलिये सदा भरपूर रहते हो , खाली नहीं . isliyē sadā bharpūr rahtē hō , khālī nahī̃ . isliē sadā bharpūr[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , khālī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . therefore constantly full remain[pres.pl.m.2] , empty not .
260This is why you always remain overflowing, not empty.
219सदा यह स्मृति रखो कि अनेक बार की अधिकारी आत्मायें हैं . sadā yah smr̥iti rakhō ki anēk bār kī|key adhikārī ātmāyē̃ haĩ . sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] anēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . constantly this awareness keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that many time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (one) who has a right soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
261Always have the awareness that you are the souls who have had a right many times.
220सभी ठीक है ? sabhī ṭhīk hai ? sab[adv.hī] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
262Are all of you alright?
221हलचल तो नहीं है ? halchal tō nahī̃ hai ? halchal[x] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? upheaval then not be[pres.sg.23] ?
263There isn’t any fluctuation, is there?
222कभी व्यर्थ की , कभी और कोई परिस्थिति की , प्रकृति की हलचल होती है ? kabhī vyarth kī|key , kabhī aur kōī paristhiti kī|key , prakr̥iti kī|key halchal hōtī hai ? kabhī[adv.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , kabhī[adv.] aur kōī[x] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , prakr̥iti[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key halchal[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? ever wasteful (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , ever someone else circumstances (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) upheaval be[pres.sg.f.23] ?
264There is no fluctuation of wasteful or other situations, or of the elements, is there?
223जो विश्व को अचल-अडोल बनाने वाले हैं वो स्वयं कैसे हलचल में आयेंगे ? jō viśhva kō achal-aḍōl banānē vālē haĩ vō svayã kaisē halchal mē̃ āyēṅgē ? jō[pn.;d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achal[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] svayã kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? that world to unshakeable create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that x how upheaval in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
265How can those who make the world unshakeable and stable come into fluctuation themselves?
224परिस्थिति कितनी भी बड़ी हो लेकिन स्व-स्थिति के आगे कितनी भी बड़ी परिस्थिति क्या है ? paristhiti kitnī bhī baṛī hō lēkin sva-sthiti kē āgē kitnī bhī baṛī paristhiti kyā hai ? paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin sva-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē āgē[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? circumstances so too very (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but original stage in front of so too very circumstances what be[pres.sg.23] ?
266No matter how big the situation may be: in front of your original stage, what is an external situation?
225कुछ भी नहीं है . kuchh bhī nahī̃ hai . kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anything not be[pres.sg.23] .
267No one can shake maharathi.
226महारथी को कोई हिला नहीं सकता . mahārathī kō kōī hilā nahī̃ saktā . mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] hilānā[root]|hilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . maharathi to some (make fluctuate[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
268So, become unshakeable, and make others unshakeable also.
227तो स्वयं सदा अचल बन औरों को भी अचल बनाना . tō svayã sadā achal ban aurō̃ kō bhī achal banānā . tō svayã sadā achal ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] achal banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then x constantly unshakeable (x|become[root]) others to too unshakeable create[inf.m.sg.d.] . 228हलचल का नामनिशान भी नहीं . halchal kā nāmniśhān bhī nahī̃ . halchal[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām niśhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . upheaval of x too not .
269There should not be the slightest name or trace of any kind of fluctuation.
229बाप से प्यार है ना तो प्यार की निशानी होती है समान बनना . bāp sē pyār hai nā tō pyār kī|key niśhānī hōtī hai samān bannā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . father from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.f.23] equal become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
270You have love for the Father, and the sign of love is to become equal.
230ग्रुप नं . 2group nã . 2group x . 2group x . 2
271(group 2)
231अपने श्रेष्ठ टाइटल्स की स्मृति से रूहानी नशे का अनुभव करो , वाह-वाह के गीत सदा गाते रहोapnē śhrēṣhṭh titles kī|key smr̥iti sē rūhānī naśhē kā anubhav karō , vāh-vāh kē|K gīt sadā gātē rahōapnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] title karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vāh kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā gānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā]one’s own elevated title (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness from spiritual intoxication of experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , wah! (of|K) x constantly sing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā]
272Do you constantly have the awareness of what you have become from what you were?
232सदा क्या से क्या बन गये-ये स्मृति रहती है ? sadā kyā sē kyā ban gayē-yē smr̥iti rahtī hai ? sadā kyā sē[postp.] kyā ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] x smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? constantly what from what (x|become[root]) x awareness remain[pres.sg.f.23] ?
273Yesterday you were worth shells, and today you have become worth diamonds.
233कल कौड़ी तुल्य थे और आज हीरे तुल्य बन गये . kal kauṛī tulya thē aur āj hīrē tulya ban gayē . kal kauṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tulya[adj.] hōnā[past.pl] aur āj hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tulya[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . x shell as valuable as be[past.pl] and today diamond as valuable as become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
274There is so much difference between shells and diamonds.
234तो कहाँ कौड़ी और कहाँ हीरा-कितना अन्तर है ? tō kahā̃ kauṛī aur kahā̃ hīrā-kitanā antar hai ? tō kahā̃ kauṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur kahā̃ x antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then where shell and where x difference be[pres.sg.23] ? 235जब अन्तर का मालूम होता है तो कितनी खुशी होती है ! jab antar kā mālūm hōtā hai tō kitnī khuśhī hōtī hai ! jab antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ! when difference of x be[pres.sg.m.23] then so happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] !
275When you know the contrast between what you were, and what Baba has made you, you experience so much happiness.
236बाप ने क्या से क्या बना दिया ! bāp nē kyā sē kyā banā diyā ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kyā sē[postp.] kyā bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ! father ∅ what from what (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) ! 237कल अन्धकार में थे और आज रोशनी में आ गये . kal andhkār mē̃ thē aur āj rōśhnī mē̃ ā gayē . kal andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past.pl] aur āj rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . x darkness in be[past.pl] and today light in come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
276Yesterday you were in darkness, and today you have come into the light.
238तो अन्धकार में क्या मिला ? tō andhkār mē̃ kyā milā ? tō andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then darkness in what (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
277What did you receive in the darkness?
239ठोकरें मिली ना . ṭhōkarē̃ milī nā . ṭhōkar[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[past-part.f.] nā . x receive[past-part.f.] ∅ .
278You only stumbled.
240अन्धकार में ठोकर खाते हैं और रोशनी में इनज्वाय करते हैं . andhkār mē̃ ṭhōkar khātē haĩ aur rōśhnī mē̃ inajvāy kartē haĩ . andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ṭhōkar[n.f.;sg.] khānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] x karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . darkness in x eat[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and light in x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
279In the darkness you only stumble, and in the light you enjoy yourself.
241तो कल क्या और आज क्या - ये सदा सामने स्पष्ट हो . tō kal kyā aur āj kyā - yē sadā sāmnē spaṣhṭ hō . tō kal kyā aur āj kyā - yah[pn.pl.d.] sadā sāmnē spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then x what and today what - this constantly x clearly (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 242और बापदादा सदा कहते हैं कि डबल हीरो बन गये . aur bāpdādā sadā kahtē haĩ ki double hero ban gayē . aur bāpdādā sadā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] double hero bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . and BapDada constantly say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that double hero become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
280Let the contrast of what you were yesterday, and what you are today, always be very clearly in front of you.
243एक हीरे समान जीवन और दूसरा इस ड्रामा के हीरो एक्टर बन गये . ēk hīrē samān jīvan aur dūsrā is drama kē|K hero actor ban gayē . ēk[adj.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] samān[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] drama kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hero actor bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . one diamond equal life and other this drama (of|K) hero actor become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
281BapDada always says: you have become a constantly-double hero.
244तो डबल हीरो हो गये ना . tō double hero hō gayē nā . tō double hero hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā . then double hero be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ . 245अगर सारे ड्रामा के अन्दर देखो तो हीरो पार्टधारी कौन है ? agar sārē drama kē|K andar dēkhō tō hero part-dhārī kaun hai ? agar sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] drama kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō hero part-dhārī[x] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? if the whole drama (of|K) inside see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then hero actor who be[pres.sg.23] ?
282Firstly you have a life like a diamond (hiro) , and secondly you are a hero actor in this drama. 283So you are a double hero.
246कहेंगे ना हम हैं . kahē̃gē nā ham haĩ . kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ham[pn.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ we be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 247तो डबल हीरो हैं . tō double hero haĩ . tō double hero hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then double hero be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
284If you look within the entire drama, who is a hero actor?
248तो डबल खुशी है ना . tō double khuśhī hai nā . tō double khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then double happiness be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
285You would say “I”.
249ऐसे तो देखो आपको बाप द्वारा कितने टाइटल मिलते हैं ? aisē tō dēkhō āpkō bāp dvārā kitnē title miltē haĩ ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.kō] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] title milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? such then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.kō] father through so title receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
286So you have double happiness. 287Just see how many titles you have received from the Father.
250टाइटल्स की लिस्ट है ना . titles kī|key list hai nā . title karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . title (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
288You have a list of titles, do you not?
251रोज की मुरली में कोई न कोई विशेष टाइटल मिलता है . rōj kī|key murlī mē̃ kōī na kōī viśhēṣh title miltā hai . rōz karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] title milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . day (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) flute in one .. or another special title receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
289You receive one or another special title in the murli every day.
252तो टाइटल का कितना नशा होता है ! tō title kā kitnā naśhā hōtā hai ! tō title kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! then title of so intoxication be[pres.sg.m.23] !
290So how much intoxication should you have of the titles?
253किसको प्रधान मन्त्री या प्रेजीडेन्ट टाइटल दे तो कितना नशा रहेगा ! kiskō pradhān mantrī yā president title dē tō kitnā naśhā rahēgā ! kaun[pn.sg.kō] pradhān[adj.] x yā president title dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! who[.kō] x x or president title (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) then so intoxication remain[fut.m.sg.23] !
291If you give someone the title of Prime Minister or President, he has so much intoxication.
254और आपको टाइटल देने वाला कौन ? aur āpkō title dēnē vālā kaun ? aur āp[pn.pl.kō] title dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? and you[.kō] title give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who ?
292And who is the One who gives you a title?
255जो भाग्यविधाता बाप है वो स्वयं बच्चों को टाइटल देते हैं . jō bhāgyavidhātā bāp hai vō svayã bachchō̃ kō title dētē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhāgya vidhātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] svayã bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] title dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that Bestower of Fortune father be[pres.sg.23] that x child to title give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
293The Father, the Bestower of Fortune himself gave you children a title.
256तो जैसे बाप अविनाशी तो टाइटल भी अविनाशी . tō jaisē bāp avināśhī tō title bhī avināśhī . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] avināśhī[adj.] tō title bhī[p.] avināśhī[adj.] . then like father imperishable then title too imperishable .
294So, just as the Father is eternal, so also the titles are eternal.
257विनाशी टाइटल का नशा विनाशी , अल्पकाल का रहता है . vināśhī title kā naśhā vināśhī , alpkāl kā rahtā hai . vināśhī[adj.] title kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vināśhī[adj.] , alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . perishable title of intoxication perishable , temporary period of remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
295The intoxication of perishable titles is also perishable, and for a temporary period.
258और ये रूहानी टाइटल का नशा अविनाशी है . aur yē rūhānī title kā naśhā avināśhī hai . aur yah[pn.pl.d.] rūhānī[adj.] title kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and this spiritual title of intoxication imperishable be[pres.sg.23] .
296The intoxication of spiritual titles is eternal.
259जिसे अविनाशी नशा रहता है उसके दिल में सदा ये गीत बजता है-वाह मेरा श्रेष्ठ भाग्य ! jisē avināśhī naśhā rahtā hai uskē dil mē̃ sadā yē gīt bajtā hai-vāh mērā śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya ! jō[pn.sg.kō] avināśhī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā yah[pn.pl.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x maĩ[pn.sg.kā] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! that[.kō] imperishable intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] of that[.kē] heart in constantly this x x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x I[.kā] elevated x !
297Someone who has imperishable intoxication, constantly has the song playing in his heart: “Wah, my elevated fortune!”.
260ऑटोमेटिक बजता है , बजाना नहीं पड़ता है . automatic bajtā hai , bajānā nahī̃ paṛtā hai . automatic bajnā[pres.sg.m.23] , bajānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x x[pres.sg.m.23] , play[inf.m.sg.d.] not fall[pres.sg.m.23] .
298It plays automatically: you don’t have to play it.
261दूसरी जो भी मशीनरीज होती हैं वो आज ठीक हैं , कल खराब हो जायेंगी लेकिन ये दिल का गीत सदा ही बजता रहता है . dūsrī jō bhī maśīnarīj hōtī haĩ vō āj ṭhīk haĩ , kal kharāb hō jāyēṅgī lēkin yē dil kā gīt sadā hī bajtā rahtā hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] x hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] āj ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kal kharāb[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] lēkin yah[pn.pl.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā hī[p.] bajnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . other that too x be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that today OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x bad be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] but this heart of x constantly only x[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
299The other machinery may be working alright today but tomorrow it will go wrong, whereas the song in the heart keeps playing constantly.
262तो ये गीत गाना आता है ? tō yē gīt gānā ātā hai ? tō yah[pn.pl.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then this x sing[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
300Do you know how to sing this song?
263कौन-सा गीत ? kaun-sā gīt ? kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? which x ?
301Which song?
264वाह मेरा श्रेष्ठ भाग्य ! vāh mērā śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! wah! I[.kā] elevated x !
302“Wah, my elevated fortune!”.
265जैसे देह का आक्युपेशन स्वतः याद रहता है . jaisē dēh kā occupation svataḥ yād rahtā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] occupation svataḥ yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . like body of occupation automatically remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] . 266एक बार मालूम पड़ा कि मैं ये हूँ तो भूलता नहीं है . ēk bār mālūm paṛā ki maĩ yē hū̃ tō bhūltā nahī̃ hai . ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] mālūm[adj.] paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] tō bhūlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one time x fall[past-part.m.sg.d.] that I this be[pres.sg.1] then forget[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] . 267तो मैं श्रेष्ठ आत्मा हूँ ये अविनाशी आक्युपेशन भी भूलना नहीं चाहिये . tō maĩ śhrēṣhṭh ātmā hū̃ yē avināśhī occupation bhī bhūlnā nahī̃ chāhiyē . tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] yah[pn.pl.d.] avināśhī[adj.] occupation bhī[p.] bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē . then I elevated soul be[pres.sg.1] this imperishable occupation too forget[inf.m.sg.d.] not should .
303Just as you automatically know your physical occupation - and once you know it, you don’t forget it - so too, you should not forget your eternal occupation of being an elevated soul.
268ये हर जन्म का आक्युपेशन है . yē har|her janm kā occupation hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] har|harnā[root]|her janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] occupation hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this (x|x[root]) (life|be born[root]) of occupation be[pres.sg.23] . 269वो एक जन्म का आक्युपेशन होता है . vō ēk janm kā occupation hōtā hai . vah[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] occupation hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that one (life|be born[root]) of occupation be[pres.sg.m.23] .
304This is the occupation for every birth, and the other is an occupation for one birth.
270चाहे शरीर बदलेंगे लेकिन आत्मा तो अविनाशी है ना . chāhē śharīr badalē̃gē lēkin ātmā tō avināśhī hai nā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin ātmā[n.f.;sg.] tō avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) body change[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but soul then imperishable be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
305Even if you change your body, the soul is still the same imperishable soul.
271कोई भी जन्म में आत्मा तो अमर ही है , अविनाशी है . kōī bhī janm mē̃ ātmā tō amar hī hai , avināśhī hai . kōī bhī[x] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] tō amar[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone (life|be born[root]) in soul then immortal only be[pres.sg.23] , imperishable be[pres.sg.23] .
306In any birth, the soul is imperishable and eternal.
272लेकिन इस समय आप विशेष आत्मायें हो . lēkin is samay āp viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ hō . lēkin is samay[x] āp[pn.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but at this time you special soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
307However, at this time, you are special souls.
273आत्मा तो हो ही लेकिन विशेष आत्मा हो . ātmā tō hō hī lēkin viśhēṣh ātmā hō . ātmā[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] lēkin viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . soul then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only but special soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
308You are souls anyway, but you are special souls.
274अपनी विशेषतायें सदा याद रहती हैं ? apnī viśhēṣhatāyē̃ sadā yād rahtī haĩ ? apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ? one’s own speciality constantly remembrance remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?
309Do you constantly remember your specialities?
275तो डबल हीरो हो साधारण पार्टधारी नहीं . tō double hero hō sādhāraṇ pārṭdhārī nahī̃ . tō double hero hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sādhāraṇ[adj.] part-dhārī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . then double hero (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ordinary actor not .
310So you are double heros, not ordinary actors.
276हीरे समान बने हो या अभी भी कुछ पत्थर है , कुछ हीरा है ? hīrē samān banē hō yā abhī bhī kuchh patthar hai , kuchh hīrā hai ? hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] samān[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] yā ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] kuchh patthar[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kuchh hīrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|hīrā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? diamond equal become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] or now too anything stone be[pres.sg.23] , anything (diamond|x) be[pres.sg.23] ?
311Have you become like diamonds or are you still a little bit stone and a little bit diamond?
277कहाँ हीरे की वैल्यु , कहाँ पत्थर की वैल्यु ! kahā̃ hīrē kī|key value , kahā̃ patthar kī|key value ! kahā̃ hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key value , kahā̃ patthar[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key value ! where diamond (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Values , where stone (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Values !
312There is a vast difference between the value of a diamond and a stone.
278अगर विस्मृति है तो पत्थर है और स्मृति है तो हीरा है . agar vismr̥iti hai tō patthar hai aur smr̥iti hai tō hīrā hai . agar vismr̥iti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō patthar[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō hīrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|hīrā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if forgetting be[pres.sg.23] then stone be[pres.sg.23] and awareness be[pres.sg.23] then (diamond|x) be[pres.sg.23] .
313If you have forgotten Baba, then you are a stone. 314And if you are in remembrance, then you are a diamond.
279अब विस्मृति का समय समाप्त हुआ . ab vismr̥iti kā samay samāpt huā . ab[adv.] vismr̥iti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . now forgetting of time finished be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
315The time for forgetting is now finished.
280जो हूँ , जैसा हूँ-वो भूल नहीं सकता . jō hū̃ , jaisā hū̃-vō bhūl nahī̃ saktā . jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that be[pres.sg.1] , like x (forget[root]|mistake) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
316You cannot forget what you are, or what you are like.
281तो विस्मृति की दुनिया को छोड़ कर आ गये . tō vismr̥iti kī|key duniyā kō chhōṛ kar ā gayē . tō vismr̥iti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[root] karnā[root.root+ānā] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then forgetting (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) world to renounce[root] do[root.root+ānā] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
317So, you have left the world of forgetting, and have come here.
282अभी संगमयुग स्मृति का युग है . abhī saṅgamyug smr̥iti kā yug hai . ab[adv.hī] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now confluence age awareness of age be[pres.sg.23] .
318The Confluence Age is the age of remembrance.
283कलियुग विस्मृति का युग है . kaliyug vismr̥iti kā yug hai . kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] vismr̥iti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . iron age forgetting of age be[pres.sg.23] .
319The Iron Age is the age of forgetfulness.
284तो आप सब संगमयुग के रहवासी हो या कभी-कभी कलियुग में चक्कर लगाने चले जाते हो ? tō āp sab saṅgamyug kē|K rahvāsī hō yā kabhī-kabhī kaliyug mē̃ chakkar lagānē chalē jātē hō ? tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rahvāsī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā kabhī[adv.] kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive] ? then you all confluence age (of|K) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or ever iron age in cycle attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive]) ?
320So, are you residents of the Confluence Age, or do you sometimes go to tour the Iron Age?
285अगर थोड़ा भी बुद्धि गई तो चक्कर में फंस जायेंगे . agar thōṛā bhī buddhi gaī tō chakkar mē̃ phans jāyēṅgē . agar thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] jānā[past-part.f.] tō chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phansnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . if short too intellect go[past-part.f.] then cycle in be trapped[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
321If the intellect goes towards that, even a little, it gets caught in a spin.
286विस्मृति की दुनिया से निकल आये . vismr̥iti kī|key duniyā sē nikal āyē . vismr̥iti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duniyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] . forgetting (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) world from be extracted[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] .
322You have come away from the world of forgetfulness.
287कलियुग में तो बहुत रौनक है ! kaliyug mē̃ tō bahut raunak hai ! kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō bahut raunak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! iron age in then very splendour be[pres.sg.23] !
323There is a lot of sparkle and beauty in the Iron Age.
288तो उस रौनक को क्यों छोड़कर आ गये ? tō us raunak kō kyō̃ chhōṛkar ā gayē ? tō vah[pn.sg.o.] raunak[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kyō̃ chhōṛnā[abs.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? then that splendour to why renounce[abs.] come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
324So why did you let go of that sparkle and beauty, and come here?
289रौनक जरूर है लेकिन धोखा देने वाली रौनक है . raunak jarūr hai lēkin dhōkhā dēnē vālī raunak hai . raunak[n.f.;sg.] zarūr hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] raunak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . splendour definitely be[pres.sg.23] but deception give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who splendour be[pres.sg.23] .
325There definitely is beauty, but it is deceptive.
290बाहर से रौनक दिखाई देती है और अन्दर धोखा देने वाली है . bāhar sē raunak dikhāī dētī hai aur andar dhōkhā dēnē vālī hai . bāhar sē[postp.] raunak[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur andar dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . outside from splendour be visible and inside deception give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
326Externally it is visible like sparkle and beauty, and internally it is one that deceives.
291क्या अनुभव है ? kyā anubhav hai ? kyā anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what experience be[pres.sg.23] ?
327What is your experience?
292धोखा देने वाली रौनक है ना . dhōkhā dēnē vālī raunak hai nā . dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] raunak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . deception give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who splendour be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
328It is beauty that deceives you, is it not?
293सब अच्छी तरह से अनुभव कर चुके हो ना ? sab achchhī tarah sē anubhav kar chukē hō nā ? sab[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+cuknā] nā ? all achcha x from experience do[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+cuknā] ∅ ?
329You have experienced it all very well, have you not?
294कि अभी कुछ अनुभव करना बाकी है ? ki abhī kuchh anubhav karnā bākī hai ? ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] kuchh anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bākī|bākī hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that now anything experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] (but|others) be[pres.sg.23] ?
330Or do you still have to experience a little of it?
295धोखा खाते-खाते थक गये . dhōkhā khātē-khātē thak gayē . dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] thaknā, phathaknā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . deception (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) become desperate[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
331From having been deceived, you have now become tired.
296आर्टीफिशयल दुनिया है ना . artificial duniyā hai nā . artificial duniyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . artificial world be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
332It is an artificial world.
297लेकिन चमकआर्टीफिशयल की जयादा है . lēkin camakaārṭīphiśayal kī|key jayādā hai . lēkin x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .
333However the sparkle of something artificial is much brighter.
298तो कभीआर्टीफिशयल चमकआकर्षित तो नहीं करती ? tō kabhīārṭīphiśayal camakaākarṣit tō nahī̃ kartī ? tō x x tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.f.] ? then x x then not do[pres-part.f.] ?
334You are not attracted by the artificial sparkle, are you?
299जब एक बार धोखा खाकर देख लिया तो दुबारा धोखा खाया जाता है क्या ? jab ēk bār dhōkhā khākar dēkh liyā tō dubārā dhōkhā khāyā jātā hai kyā ? jab ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[abs.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] tō dubārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|khānā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] kyā ? when one time deception eat[abs.] see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] then x deception (eat[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|eat[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) what ?
335When you have been deceived once, can you be deceived by the same thing a second time?
300इसलिये बच गये . isliyē bach gayē . isliē bachnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . therefore x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
336This is why you have been saved.
301मातायें अपना श्रेष्ठ भाग्य देख खुशी में नाचती रहती हो ना . mātāyē̃ apnā śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya dēkh khuśhī mē̃ nāchtī rahtī hō nā . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[pres.pl.f.2.pres-part+rahnā] nā . mother (adopt[root]|one’s own) elevated x see[root] happiness in dance[pres.pl.f.2.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ .
337Mothers continue to dance in happiness, on seeing their elevated fortune.
302संगम पर शक्तियों की बारी पहले है . saṅgam par śhaktiyō̃ kī|key bārī pahlē hai . saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . confluence (at|other) Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (x|firstly) be[pres.sg.23] .
338At the Confluence Age, it is the turn of the Shaktis to be first.
303द्वापर-कलियुग में पाण्डवों को चांस मिलता है और संगम पर शक्तियों को चांस मिलता है . dvāpar-kaliyug mē̃ pāṇḍavō̃ kō chance miltā hai aur saṅgam par śhaktiyō̃ kō chance miltā hai . dvāpar-kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x in Pandava to chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] and confluence (at|other) Shakti to chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
339In the Copper and Iron Ages, the Pandavs are given a chance, and in the Confluence Age the Shaktis are given a chance.
304अभी देखो बाप ने माताओं को चांस दिया तो दुनिया में भी आजकल माताओं को चांस देने का बुद्धि में आया है . abhī dēkhō bāp nē mātāō̃ kō chance diyā tō duniyā mē̃ bhī ājkal mātāō̃ kō chance dēnē kā buddhi mē̃ āyā hai . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ājkal mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father ∅ mother to chance give[past-part.m.sg.d.] then world in too nowadays mother to chance give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of intellect in come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
340Now see how Baba has given the mothers a chance, and how it has therefore entered the intellects of the people of the word to give a chance to women.
305धर्मनेताओं में देखो पहले कोई माता नहीं होती थी लेकिन अभी महामण्डलेश्वरियां भी हैं . dharmanētāō̃ mē̃ dēkhō pahlē kōī mātā nahī̃ hōtī thī lēkin abhī mahāmaṇḍalēśvariyā̃ bhī haĩ . x mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] mātā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[hab-past.f.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] x bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x|firstly) some mother not be[hab-past.f.] but now x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
341There never used to be any women as religious leaders, but now there are female mahamandleshwars.
306अभी मातायें भी गुरू बन जाती हैं . abhī mātāyē̃ bhī gurū ban jātī haĩ . ab[adv.hī] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . now mother too guru become[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .
342Even the mothers become gurus.
307तो जब बाप ने चांस दिया तो लोग भी चांस देने लगे . tō jab bāp nē chance diyā tō lōg bhī chance dēnē lagē . tō jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] chance dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] chance dēnā[opt.sg.23.inf+lagnā] . then when father ∅ chance give[past-part.m.sg.d.] then people too chance give[opt.sg.23.inf+lagnā] .
343When Baba gave a chance, people also started to give a chance.
308तो माताओं को डबल खुशी है ना कि हमको बाप ने ऊंचा बना दिया ! tō mātāō̃ kō double khuśhī hai nā ki hamkō bāp nē ūñchā banā diyā ! tō mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] double khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ! then mother to double happiness be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that we[.kō] father ∅ elevated (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) !
344So, the mothers have double the happiness that the Father has made them elevated.
309ग्रुप नं . 3group nã . 3group x . 3group x . 3
345(group 3)
310सर्व श्रेष्ठ शक्ति शान्ति की शक्ति है - जिससे असम्भव को भी सम्भव बना सकते होsarv śhrēṣhṭh śhakti śhānti kī|key śhakti hai - jissē asambhav kō bhī sambhav banā saktē hōsarv[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - jō[pn.sg.sē] asambhav[adj.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sambhav[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]all elevated Shakti peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti be[pres.sg.23] - that[.sē] impossible to too x create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]
346Do you experience yourselves to be the elevated souls who have one strength and one support ?
311एक बल एक भरोसा - ऐसी श्रेष्ठ आत्मा हैं , ऐसे अनुभव करते हो ? ēk bal ēk bharōsā - aisī śhrēṣhṭh ātmā haĩ , aisē anubhav kartē hō ? ēk[adj.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] - aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? one strength one guarantee - such elevated soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] , such experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
347Do you have one strength and one support, or do you have the strength and support of many?
312एक बल एक भरोसा है या अनेक बल अनेक भरोसे हैं ? ēk bal ēk bharōsā hai yā anēk bal anēk bharōsē haĩ ? ēk[adj.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā anēk[adj.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[adj.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? one strength one guarantee be[pres.sg.23] or many strength many guarantee be[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 313एक बल कौन सा है ? ēk bal kaun sā hai ? ēk[adj.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? one strength which be[pres.sg.23] ?
348Which is one strength? 349The strength (power) of silence, the power of yoga.
314साइलेन्स का बल , योग का बल . silence kā bal , yōg kā bal . silence kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] . silence of strength , yoga of strength . 315एक बाप में भरोसा अर्थात् निश्चय होने से यह साइलेन्स का बल , योग का बल स्वतः ही अनुभव होता है . ēk bāp mē̃ bharōsā arthāt niśhchay hōnē sē yah silence kā bal , yōg kā bal svataḥ hī anubhav hōtā hai . ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] silence kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . one father in guarantee that is faith be[inf.m.pl.,o.] from this silence of strength , yoga of strength automatically only experience be[pres.sg.m.23] .
350When you have the support of the one Father - that is, faith in the one Father - you automatically experience the power of yoga and the power of silence.
316तो साइलेन्स की शक्ति वाले हैं , योग बल वाले हैं - यह स्मृति रहती है ? tō silence kī|key śhakti vālē haĩ , yōg bal vālē haĩ - yah smr̥iti rahtī hai ? tō silence karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? then silence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , yoga strength those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] - this awareness remain[pres.sg.f.23] ?
351So you are the ones who have the power of silence with the power of yoga. 352Do you have this awareness?
317शान्ति की शक्ति सर्व श्रेष्ठ शक्ति है . śhānti kī|key śhakti sarv śhrēṣhṭh śhakti hai . śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sarv[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti all elevated Shakti be[pres.sg.23] .
353The power of silence is the most elevated power.
318क्योंकि और सभी शक्तियां कहाँ से निकलती हैं ? kyōṅki aur sabhī śhaktiyā̃ kahā̃ sē nikaltī haĩ ? kyōṅki aur sab[adv.hī] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kahā̃ sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ? because and all Shakti where from be extracted[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?
354Where do all of the powers emerge from?
319शान्ति की शक्ति से ना ! śhānti kī|key śhakti sē nā ! śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] nā ! peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti from ∅ !
355From the power of silence.
320आज साइन्स की शक्ति का प्रभाव है लेकिन वह भी निकली कहाँ से ? āj science kī|key śhakti kā prabhāv hai lēkin vah bhī nikalī kahā̃ sē ? āj science karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nikalnā[past-part.f.] kahā̃ sē[postp.] ? today science (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti of x be[pres.sg.23] but that too be extracted[past-part.f.] where from ?
356Today there is an influence of the power of science, but where did that come from?
321शान्ति की शक्ति से निकली ना ? śhānti kī|key śhakti sē nikalī nā ? śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[past-part.f.] nā ? peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti from be extracted[past-part.f.] ∅ ?
357It emerged from the power of silence, did it not?
322तो शान्ति की शक्ति द्वारा जो चाहो वह कर सकते हो . tō śhānti kī|key śhakti dvārā jō chāhō vah kar saktē hō . tō śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti through that x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
358So, with the power of silence, you can do whatever you want.
323असम्भव को भी सम्भव कर सकते हो . asambhav kō bhī sambhav kar saktē hō . asambhav[adj.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sambhav[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . impossible to too x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
359You can make the impossible possible.
324जो दुनिया वाले आज असम्भव कहते हैं आपके लिए वह सम्भव है ना ! jō duniyā vālē āj asambhav kahtē haĩ āpkē liē vah sambhav hai nā ! jō[pn.;d.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āj asambhav[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē vah[pn.sg.d.] sambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! that world those who today impossible say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) that x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
360Whatever the people of the world consider to be impossible, is possible for you.
325तो सम्भव होने के कारण सहज लगता है . tō sambhav hōnē kē|K kāraṇ sahaj lagtā hai . tō sambhav[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because easy x[pres.sg.m.23] . 326मेहनत नहीं लगती . mēhnat nahī̃ lagtī . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] . effort not x[pres-part.f.] .
361So, because it is possible, you find it easy.
327दुनिया वाले तो अभी भी यही सोचते रहते हैं कि परमात्मा को पाना बहुत मुश्किल है . duniyā vālē tō abhī bhī yahī sōchtē rahtē haĩ ki paramātmā kō pānā bahut muśhkil hai . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] yahī[pn.;d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ki[conj.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . world those who then now too this think[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] that Supreme Soul to x[inf.m.sg.d.] very difficult be[pres.sg.23] .
362The people of the world are even now thinking that it is very difficult to attain God. 363And what would you say?
328और आप क्या कहेंगे ? aur āp kyā kahē̃gē ? aur āp[pn.pl.] kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? and you what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 329पा लिया . pā liyā . pānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
364That you have already attained Him.
330वह कहेंगे कि परम आत्मा तो बहुत ऊंचा हजारों सूर्यों से भी तेजोमय है और आप कहेंगे वह तो बाप है . vah kahē̃gē ki param ātmā tō bahut ūñchā hajārō̃ sūryō̃ sē bhī tējōmay hai aur āp kahē̃gē vah tō bāp hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] tō bahut ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] tējōmay[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that Supreme soul then very elevated 1000 sun from too bright be[pres.sg.23] and you say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that then father be[pres.sg.23] . 331स्नेह का सागर है . snēh kā sāgar hai . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . love of ocean be[pres.sg.23] .
365They would say that the Supreme Soul is very high up, and brighter than a thousand suns. 366And you say that he is your Father: that he is the Ocean of Love.
332जलाने वाला नहीं है . jalānē vālā nahī̃ hai . jalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . burn[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not be[pres.sg.23] .
367He is not one who burns.
333हजारों सूर्य से तेजोमय तो जलायेगा ना और आप तो स्नेह के सागर के अनुभव में रहते हो , तो कितना फर्क हो गया . hajārō̃ sūrya sē tējōmay tō jalāyēgā nā aur āp tō snēh kē|K sāgar kē|K anubhav mē̃ rahtē hō , tō kitnā phark hō gayā . hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tējōmay[adj.] tō x nā aur āp[pn.pl.] tō snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . 1000 sun from bright then x ∅ and you then love (of|K) ocean (of|K) experience in remain[pres.pl.m.2] , then so difference be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
368If he were brighter than a thousand suns, he would burn, but in fact you remain absorbed in the Ocean of Love. 369So, there is so much difference!
334जो दुनिया ना कहती वह आप हाँ करते . jō duniyā nā kahtī vah āp hā̃ kartē . jō[pn.;d.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] nā kahnā[pres-part.f.] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] hā̃ karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . that world ∅ say[pres-part.f.] that you yes do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 335फर्क हो गया ना . phark hō gayā nā . fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . difference be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
370Whatever the world says “no” to, you say “yes” to that, and so there is a difference.
336कल आप भी नास्तिक थे और आज आस्तिक बन गये . kal āp bhī nāstik thē aur āj āstik ban gayē . kal āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] nāstik[adj.] hōnā[past.pl] aur āj āstik[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . x you too atheist be[past.pl] and today theist become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
371Yesterday you were atheists, and today you have become theists.
337कल माया से हार खाने वाले और आज मायाजीत बन गये . kal māyā sē hār khānē vālē aur āj māyājīt ban gayē . kal māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur āj māyājīt[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . x Maya from (x|x[root]) (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who and today x become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . 338फर्क है ना . phark hai nā . fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . difference be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
372Yesterday you were being defeated by Maya, and today you have become conquerors of Maya.
339मातायें जो कल पिंजड़े की मैना थी और आज उड़ती कला वाले उड़ते पंछी है . mātāyē̃ jō kal piñjṛē kī|key mainā thī aur āj uṛtī kalā vālē uṛtē pañchhī hai . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kal piñjṛā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mainā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] aur āj uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] pañchhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mother that x cage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[past.f] and today fly[pres-part.f.] degree those who fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bird be[pres.sg.23] .
373There is a difference. 374Mothers, who were yesterday birds in a cage, are today flying birds in the flying stage.
340तो उड़ती कला वाले हो या कभी-कभी वापस पिंजड़ेमें जाते हो ? tō uṛtī kalā vālē hō yā kabhī-kabhī vāpas piñjaṛēmē̃ jātē hō ? tō uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā kabhī[adv.] vāpis, vāpas x jānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then fly[pres-part.f.] degree those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or ever back x go[pres.pl.m.2] ?
375So, are you those with a flying stage, or do you sometimes return to the cage?
341कभी-कभी दिल होती है पिंजड़ेमें जाने की ? kabhī-kabhī dil hōtī hai piñjaṛēmē̃ jānē kī|key ? kabhī[adv.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] x jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? ever heart be[pres.sg.f.23] x (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
376Do you sometimes have the desire to go back to the cage?
342बंधन है पिंजड़ा और निर्बन्धन है उड़ना . bandhan hai piñjṛā aur nirbandhan hai uṛnā . bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] piñjṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur nirbandhan[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . bondage be[pres.sg.23] cage and x be[pres.sg.23] fly[inf.m.sg.d.] .
377To be in a cage is to be in bondage, and to fly is to be free from bondage.
343मन का बंधन नहीं होना चाहिए . man kā bandhan nahī̃ hōnā chāhiē . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . mind of bondage not (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
378There should not be any bondage of the mind.
344अगर किसी को तन का बंधन है तो भी मन उड़ता पंछी है . agar kisī kō tan kā bandhan hai tō bhī man uṛtā pañchhī hai . agar kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bhī[x] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] pañchhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if (anything|some) to body of bondage be[pres.sg.23] ∅ mind fly[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bird be[pres.sg.23] .
379If someone has physical bondage, then the mind is still a flying bird.
345तो मन का कोई बंधन है या थोड़ा-थोड़ा आ जाता है ? tō man kā kōī bandhan hai yā thōṛā-thōṛā ā jātā hai ? tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? then mind of some bondage be[pres.sg.23] or short come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
380So, do you have bondage of the mind? 381Or does the bondage sometimes appear?
346जो मनमनाभव हो गये वह मन के बंधन से सदा के लिए छूट गये . jō manmanābhav hō gayē vah man kē|K bandhan sē sadā kē liē chhūṭ gayē . jō[pn.;d.] manmanābhav hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] vah[pn.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sadā kē liē[x] chhūṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . that Manmanabhav be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] that mind (of|K) bondage from constantly for let go[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
382Those who have their mind fixed on One (Manmanabhav) are constantly free from bondage of the mind.
347अच्छा , प्रवृत्ति को सम्भालने का बंधन है ? achchhā , pravr̥itti kō sambhālnē kā bandhan hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sambhālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? achcha , famille to be careful[inf.m.pl.,o.] of bondage be[pres.sg.23] ?
383Achcha, Do you have the bondage of looking after your family?
348ट्रस्टी होकर सम्भालते हो ? trustee hōkar sambhāltē hō ? trustee hōnā[abs.] sambhālnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? trustee be[abs.] be careful[pres.pl.m.2] ?
384Are you looking after it as a trustee?
349अगर ट्रस्टी हैं तो निर्बन्धन और गृहस्थी हैं तो बंधन है . agar trustee haĩ tō nirbandhan aur gr̥ihasthī haĩ tō bandhan hai . agar trustee hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō nirbandhan[adj.] aur gr̥ihasthī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if trustee be[pres.pl.12hon3] then x and x be[pres.pl.12hon3] then bondage be[pres.sg.23] .
385If you are a trustee, then you are free from bondage, but if you are a householder, there are bonds.
350गृहस्थी माना बोझ और बोझ वाला कभी उड़ नहीं सकता . gr̥ihasthī mānā bōjh aur bōjh vālā kabhī uṛ nahī̃ saktā . gr̥ihasthī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] uṛnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . x (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) burden and burden those who ever fly[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
386To be a householder means to have a burden, and someone with a burden cannot fly.
351तो सब बोझ बाप को दे दिया या सिर्फ थोड़ा एक दो पोत्रा रख दिया है ? tō sab bōjh bāp kō dē diyā yā sirph thōṛā ēk dō pōtrā rakh diyā hai ? tō sab[adj.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] yā sirph[adj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pōtrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ? then all burden father to give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] or only short one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) grandson keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ?
387So have you given all of the burdens to the Father? 388Or have you kept one or two grandchildren still?
352पाण्डवों ने थोड़ा-थोड़ा जेबखर्च रख दिया है ? pāṇḍavō̃ nē thōṛā-thōṛā jēbakharca rakh diyā hai ? pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ? Pandava ∅ short x keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ?
389Have the Pandavs kept a little pocket money aside? 390Have you kept a little business aside?
353थोड़ा-थोड़ा रोब रख दिया , क्रोध रख दिया , यह जेबखर्च है ? thōṛā-thōṛā rōb rakh diyā , krōdh rakh diyā , yah jēbakharca hai ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? short bossiness keep[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , anger keep[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , this x be[pres.sg.23] ?
391Perhaps you have kept a little anger aside? 392This is pocket money.
354मेरे को तेरा कर दिया ? mērē kō tērā kar diyā ? maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] tū[pn.sg.kā] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ? I[.kē] to you[.kā] do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ? 355किया है या थोड़ा-थोड़ा मेरा है ? kiyā hai yā thōṛā-thōṛā mērā hai ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] or short I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] ?
393Have you made the consciousness of “mine” into the consciousness of “Yours”?
356ठगी करते हैं ना मेरा सो मेरा और तेरा भी मेरा . ṭhagī kartē haĩ nā mērā sō mērā aur tērā bhī mērā . ṭhagnā[past-part.f.]|ṭhagī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] sōnā[root]|sō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] aur tū[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] . (deceive[past-part.f.]|x) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ I[.kā] (sleep[root]|x) I[.kā] and you[.kā] too I[.kā] .
394Or do you still have a little consciousness of “mine”?
357ऐसी ठगी तो नहीं करते ? aisī ṭhagī tō nahī̃ kartē ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ṭhagnā[past-part.f.]|ṭhagī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? such (deceive[past-part.f.]|x) then not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
395You sometimes cheat, do you not?
358आधाकल्प तो बहुत ठगत रहे ना . ādhākalp tō bahut ṭhagat rahē nā . ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut x rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . for half a cycle then very x (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅ . 359कहना तेरा और मानना मेरा तो ठगी की ना . kahnā tērā aur mānnā mērā tō ṭhagī kī nā . kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tū[pn.sg.kā] aur mānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] tō ṭhagnā[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] nā . say[inf.m.sg.d.] you[.kā] and x[inf.m.sg.d.] I[.kā] then deceive[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] ∅ .
396That whatever is mine is mine, and whatever is Yours is also mine. 397You do not cheat in this way do you?
360अभी ठगत नहीं लेकिन बच्चे बन गये . abhī ṭhagat nahī̃ lēkin bachchē ban gayē . ab[adv.hī] x nahī̃[neg] lēkin bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . now x not but child become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
398For half a kalpa, you cheated a great deal.
361उड़ती कला कितनी प्यारी है , सेकेण्ड में जहाँ चाहो वहाँ पहुंच जाओ . uṛtī kalā kitnī pyārī hai , second mē̃ jahā̃ chāhō vahā̃ pahuñch jāō . uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , second mē̃[postp.] jahā̃ chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vahā̃ pahuñchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . fly[pres-part.f.] degree so loving be[pres.sg.23] , second in where there x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] there reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
399To say that it is “Yours” and to consider it to be “mine” is cheating, is it not?
362उड़ती कला वाले सेकेण्ड में अपने स्वीट होम में पहुंच सकते हैं . uṛtī kalā vālē second mē̃ apnē sweet home mē̃ pahuñch saktē haĩ . uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] second mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sweet home[x] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . fly[pres-part.f.] degree those who second in one’s own sweet home in reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
400Now you are not the cheats, but the children. 401The flying stage is so lovely.
363इसको कहा जाता है योगबल , शान्ति की शक्ति . iskō kahā jātā hai yōgbal , śhānti kī|key śhakti . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] yōgbal[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) power of yoga , peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti .
402You can reach wherever you want in a second.
364माताओं को नाम ही दिया है शिव शक्तियां . mātāō̃ kō nām hī diyā hai śhiv śhaktiyā̃ . mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] . mother to name only give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] Shiva Shakti .
403Those with a flying stage can reach their sweet home in one second.
365तो शक्ति नाम याद आने से स्वतः ही शक्ति आ जायेगी . tō śhakti nām yād ānē sē svataḥ hī śhakti ā jāyēgī . tō śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] svataḥ hī[p.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . then Shakti name remembrance (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) from automatically only Shakti come[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
404This is known as the power of yoga, and the power of silence.
366हम घर की मातायें हैं तो कमज़ोर हैं . ham ghar kī|key mātāyē̃ haĩ tō kamzōr haĩ . ham[pn.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . we home (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) mother be[pres.pl.12hon3] then weak be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
405Mothers have been called Shiv Shaktis.
367शक्ति हैं तो शक्तिशाली हैं . śhakti haĩ tō śhaktiśhālī haĩ . śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō śhaktiśhālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Shakti be[pres.pl.12hon3] then powerful be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 368एक बल एक भरोसा अर्थात् सदा शक्तिशाली . ēk bal ēk bharōsā arthāt sadā śhaktiśhālī . ēk[adj.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt sadā śhaktiśhālī[adj.] . one strength one guarantee that is constantly powerful .
406So, when you remember your name is Shakti, you will automatically receive shakti (power) .
369पाण्डवों को भी सदा शक्तिशाली दिखाते हैं . pāṇḍavō̃ kō bhī sadā śhaktiśhālī dikhātē haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sadā śhaktiśhālī[adj.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Pandava to too constantly powerful x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
407If you consider yourselves to be the mothers of the home, you are weak.
370कल्प कल्प की शक्तियां और पाण्डव सेना वाले हैं - यह स्पष्ट स्मृति है ना तो हम ही थे , हम ही हैं और सदा हम ही बनेंगे . kalp kalp kī|key śhaktiyā̃ aur pāṇḍav sēnā vālē haĩ - yah spaṣhṭ smr̥iti hai nā tō ham hī thē , ham hī haĩ aur sadā ham hī banē̃gē . kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] aur pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēnā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - yah[pn.sg.d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[past.pl] , ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sadā ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . cycle cycle (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti and Pandava army those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] - this clearly awareness be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then we only be[past.pl] , we only be[pres.pl.12hon3] and constantly we only become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
408And if you consider yourselves to be Shaktis, you are powerful. 409To have one strength and one support means to be constantly powerful.
371यह स्मृति स्पष्ट है कि सोचते हो तो याद आता है ? yah smr̥iti spaṣhṭ hai ki sōchtē hō tō yād ātā hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? this awareness clearly be[pres.sg.23] that think[pres.pl.m.2] then remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
410The Pandavs have also been shown as constantly powerful.
372या सुना है तो समझते हो ? yā sunā hai tō samajhtē hō ? yā sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? or listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then understand[pres.pl.m.2] ? 373नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not . 374दिल में वह इमर्ज होना चाहिए . dil mē̃ vah emerge hōnā chāhiē . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] emerge hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . heart in that emerge (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
411You have the clear awareness, do you not, that you are the same Shaktis and Pandavs of the Army?
375बुद्धि में स्पष्ट होना चाहिए-हाँ हम ही थे , हैं और होंगे . buddhi mē̃ spaṣhṭ hōnā cāhiē-hā̃ ham hī thē , haĩ aur hōṅgē . buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[past.pl] , hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . intellect in clearly be[inf.m.sg.d.] x we only be[past.pl] , be[pres.pl.12hon3] and be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
412That you were this, and you are this, and will be this. 413Is this awareness clear?
376जहाँ एक बल एक भरोसा है वहाँ कोई हिला नहीं सकता . jahā̃ ēk bal ēk bharōsā hai vahā̃ kōī hilā nahī̃ saktā . jahā̃ ēk[adj.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ kōī[pn.;d.] hilānā[root]|hilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . where there one strength one guarantee be[pres.sg.23] there some (make fluctuate[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
414Or do you only remember it when you make effort to remember it?
377ऐसी कोई मायावी शक्ति है कि कमज़ोर है ? aisī kōī māyāvī śhakti hai ki kamzōr hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] māyāvī[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such some x Shakti be[pres.sg.23] that weak be[pres.sg.23] ?
415Or is it that you understand it when you hear about it? 416No.
378एक बल एक भरोसे वाली आत्माओं के आगे माया मूर्छित हो जाती है , सरेन्डर हो जाती है . ēk bal ēk bharōsē vālī ātmāō̃ kē āgē māyā mūrchhit hō jātī hai , surrender hō jātī hai . ēk[adj.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē āgē[x] māyā[n.f.;sg.] mūrchhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , surrender hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . one strength one guarantee those who soul in front of Maya unconscious be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , surrender be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
417This should emerge in your heart. 418It should be clear in your intellect: “yes, I was that, I am that, and I will be that”.
379सरेन्डर हो गई कि कभी कभी जाग जाती है ? surrender hō gaī ki kabhī kabhī jāg jātī hai ? surrender hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] jagnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ? surrender be[past-part.f..root+jānā] that ever ever wake up[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ?
419Where there is one strength and one support , no one can shake you.
380तो सदा मायाजीत कभी हार कभी जीत वाले नहीं . tō sadā māyājīt kabhī hār kabhī jīt vālē nahī̃ . tō sadā māyājīt[adj.] kabhī[adv.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] kabhī[adv.] jītnā[root]|jīt[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . then constantly x ever (x|x[root]) ever (x[root]|x) those who not .
420Is there any power of Maya influencing you, making you weak?
381सदा विजयी . sadā vijayī . sadā vijayī[adj.] . constantly victorious . 382तो यही नशा सदा रहे कि विजय हमारा जन्म-सिद्ध अधिकार है . tō yahī naśhā sadā rahē ki vijay hamārā janma-siddh adhikār hai . tō yahī[pn.;d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kā] janma-siddh adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this intoxication constantly (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that victory we[.kā] x be[pres.sg.23] .
421Maya becomes unconscious in front of the souls who have one strength and one support.
383यह रूहानी नशा है ना . yah rūhānī naśhā hai nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . this spiritual intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
422She surrenders herself.
384इस जन्म-सिद्ध अधिकार को कोई छीन नहीं सकता . is janma-siddh adhikār kō kōī chhīn nahī̃ saktā . yah[pn.sg.o.] janma-siddh adhikār[x] kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] chhīnnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . this x to some snatch[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
423Has she surrendered, or does she sometimes awaken again?
385ग्रुप नं . 4group nã . 4group x . 4group x . 4386मधुबन निवासी बनना अर्थात् बेहद सेवा की स्टेज पर आनाmadhuban nivāsī bannā arthāt bēhad sēvā kī|key stage par ānāmadhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bēhad[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]Madhuban resident become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is unlimited service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage (at|other) (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)387मधुबन निवासियों से सबका प्यार है ना . madhuban nivāsiyō̃ sē sabkā pyār hai nā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Madhuban resident from everyone's love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
424So, you are those who are constantly the conquerors of Maya, not those who are sometimes victorious and sometimes defeated. 425You are constantly victorious.
388सभी का मधुबन निवासियों से प्यार क्यों है ? sabhī kā madhuban nivāsiyō̃ sē pyār kyō̃ hai ? sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all of Madhuban resident from love why be[pres.sg.23] ? 389क्या कारण है ? kyā kāraṇ hai ? kyā kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what because be[pres.sg.23] ?
426So, constantly keep the intoxication that victory is your birthright.
390मधुबन निवासियों से सबका प्यार इसीलिए है क्योंकि मधुबन निवासी अर्थात् बड़े ते बड़े सेवाधारी . madhuban nivāsiyō̃ sē sabkā pyār isīliē hai kyōṅki madhuban nivāsī arthāt baṛē tē baṛē sēvādhārī . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] isīliē hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Madhuban resident from everyone's love x be[pres.sg.23] because Madhuban resident that is very from very server .
427You have this spiritual intoxication, have you not? 428No one can snatch away this birthright. 429Achcha.
391मधुबन निवासी होना अर्थात् सेवा की स्टेज पर आना . madhuban nivāsī hōnā arthāt sēvā kī|key stage par ānā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . Madhuban resident be[inf.m.sg.d.] that is service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage (at|other) (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
430(group 4 - Madhuban niwasis) 431Everyone has love for Madhuban niwasis.
392जो भी मधुबन में आये तो सेवा के लिए आये ना . jō bhī madhuban mē̃ āyē tō sēvā kē liē āyē nā . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . that too Madhuban in (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then service for (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅ .
432Why does everyone have love for Madhuban niwasis? 433What is the reason for this?
393और बापदादा भी अपने ऊपर सबसे बड़े से बड़ा टाइटल विश्व सेवाधारी का ही देते हैं . aur bāpdādā bhī apnē ūpar sabsē baṛē sē baṛā title viśhva sēvādhārī kā hī dētē haĩ . aur bāpdādā bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and BapDada too one’s own over the most very from very title world server of only give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 394तो मधुबन निवासी अर्थात् जितना बाप से प्यार उतना सेवा से प्यार . tō madhuban nivāsī arthāt jitnā bāp sē pyār utnā sēvā sē pyār . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then Madhuban resident that is the more father from love x service from love .
434Everyone has love for the Madhuban niwasis because: to be a Madhuban niwasi means to be the greatest server of all; to be a Madhuban niwasi means to come onto the stage of service.
395मधुबन निवासी हर सेकण्ड सेवा की स्टेज पर रहते हैं . madhuban nivāsī har|her second sēvā kī|key stage par rahtē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] har|harnā[root]|her second sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Madhuban resident (x|x[root]) second service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage (at|other) remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
435Anyone who comes to Madhuban comes for service.
396चलते फिरते सेवा ही करते हो ना ! chaltē phirtē sēvā hī kartē hō nā ! chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] service only do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ! 397एक्जैम्पुल हो ना ! example hō nā ! example hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! example (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
436And BapDada gives himself the greatest title of all: the World Server.
398तो मधुबन निवासी हर आत्मा को , हरेक आत्मा विशेष आत्मा के रूप में देखती है . tō madhuban nivāsī har|her ātmā kō , harēk ātmā viśhēṣh ātmā kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkhtī hai . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] har|harnā[root]|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] , har ēk ātmā[n.f.;sg.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then Madhuban resident (x|x[root]) soul to , each one soul special soul (of|K) Rup in see[pres.sg.f.23] .
437So to be a Madhuban niwasi means to have as much love for service as you have for the Father.
399मधुबन निवासी अर्थात् विशेष आत्मा . madhuban nivāsī arthāt viśhēṣh ātmā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] . Madhuban resident that is special soul .
438Madhuban niwasis stay on the stage of service at every second.
400संकल्प में भी विशेषता , बोल में भी विशेषता और कर्म में भी विशेषता . saṅkalp mē̃ bhī viśhēṣhtā , bōl mē̃ bhī viśhēṣhtā aur karma mē̃ bhī viśhēṣhtā . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] . thought in too speciality , (x|speak[root]) in too speciality and deed in too speciality .
439Whilst walking and moving around, they only do service. 440You are examples, are you not?
401कितना महत्व है मधुबन निवासी आत्माओं का . kitnā mahatva hai madhuban nivāsī ātmāō̃ kā . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . so importance be[pres.sg.23] Madhuban resident soul of . 402ऐसी स्मृति रहती है ? aisī smr̥iti rahtī hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? such awareness remain[pres.sg.f.23] ?
441So, Madhuban niwasis see every soul in the form of a special soul.
403मधुबन को सब फॉलो करते हैं . madhuban kō sab follow kartē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sab[adj.] follow karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Madhuban to all follow do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 404मधुबन के बाप से प्यार है तो मधुबन निवासियों से भी प्यार है . madhuban kē|K bāp sē pyār hai tō madhuban nivāsiyō̃ sē bhī pyār hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Madhuban (of|K) father from love be[pres.sg.23] then Madhuban resident from too love be[pres.sg.23] .
442To be a Madhuban niwasis means you are a special soul, with speciality in your thoughts, your words, and your actions.
405जैसे मधुबन के बाप की महिमा वैसे मधुबन निवासियों की महिमा है . jaisē madhuban kē|K bāp kī|key mahimā vaisē madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kī|key mahimā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like Madhuban (of|K) father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise x Madhuban resident (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise be[pres.sg.23] .
443There is so much importance of the Madhuban niwasi souls. 444Do you have such awareness?
406क्योंकि मधुबन बाप की कर्मभूमि , चरित्रभूमि सो तपस्वी भूमि है . kyōṅki madhuban bāp kī|key karmbhūmi , caritrabhūmi sō tapasvī bhūmi hai . kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key karmbhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , x sōnā[root]|sō tapasvī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because Madhuban father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) field of actions , x (sleep[root]|x) tapaswi x be[pres.sg.23] .
445Everyone follows Madhuban, and they have love for the Father of Madhuban.
407ऐसे भूमि का अनुभव होता है ना ? aisē bhūmi kā anubhav hōtā hai nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? such x of experience be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ? 408भूमि का वायब्रेशन , वायुमण्डल सहयोग देता है . bhūmi kā vibration , vāyumaṇḍal sahyōg dētā hai . bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration , vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x of vibrations , atmosphere cooperation give[pres.sg.m.23] .
446As is the praise of the Father of Madhuban, so is the praise of the Madhuban niwasis.
409मधुबन वालों के ऊपर बापदादा की भी विशेष ब्लैसिंग है . madhuban vālō̃ kē ūpar bāpdādā kī|key bhī viśhēṣh blessing hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] blessing hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Madhuban those who over BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too special blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
447This Madhuban is the land of action, the land of divine activity, and the land of tapasya.
410तो अपने श्रेष्ठ भाग्य को प्रैक्टिकल में अनुभव करते हुए आगे बढ़ रहे हो ? tō apnē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya kō practical mē̃ anubhav kartē huē āgē baṛh rahē hō ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? then one’s own elevated x to practical in experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
448You have the experience of such a land, do you not? 449The land, the vibrations, and the atmosphere, give co-operation.
411सभी उड़ती कला वाले हो या कभी रूकती कला कभी उड़ती कला ? sabhī uṛtī kalā vālē hō yā kabhī rūktī kalā kabhī uṛtī kalā ? sab[adv.hī] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā kabhī[adv.] ruknā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kabhī[adv.] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] ? all fly[pres-part.f.] degree those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or ever stop[pres-part.f.] degree ever fly[pres-part.f.] degree ?
450Madhuban niwasis have special blessings from BapDada.
412ब्रह्मा बाप की विशेषता कौन सी गायन करते हो ? brahmā bāp kī|key viśhēṣhtā kaun see|sī|C gāyan kartē hō ? brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality who (see|x) x do[pres.pl.m.2] ? 413अथक सेवाधारी . athak sēvādhārī . athak[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x server .
451So, you are moving forward whilst experiencing your elevated fortune in a practical way.
414तो पुरूषार्थ की गति में भी अथक . tō purūṣhārth kī|key gati mē̃ bhī athak . tō puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] athak[adj.] . then effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed in too x .
452Are all of you those with a flying stage?
415थकने वाले नहीं , औरों को भी उड़ाने वाले . thaknē vālē nahī̃ , aurō̃ kō bhī uṛānē vālē . thaknā, phathaknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] uṛānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . become desperate[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not , others to too x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who . 416जिम्मेवारी है ना . jimmēvārī hai nā . zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . responsibility be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
453Or do you sometimes have a flying stage, and at other times a stopping stage?
417क्योंकि मधुबन वालों को सभी सहज फॉलोकरते हैं . kyōṅki madhuban vālō̃ kō sabhī sahaj phôlōkaratē haĩ . kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sab[adv.hī] sahaj[adj.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because Madhuban those who to all easy x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
454What speciality of father Brahma do you remember? 455That of being a tireless server.
418तो इस वर्ष में अपने तीव्र पुरूषार्थ का कोई विशेष प्लैन बनाया है ? tō is varṣh mē̃ apnē tīvr purūṣhārth kā kōī viśhēṣh plan banāyā hai ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then this year in one’s own intense effort of some special plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
456So you are tireless in the speed of effort also: you are not those who become tired, but those who make others fly also.
419क्योंकि मधुबन के पुरूषार्थ की लहर भी चारों ओर फैलती है . kyōṅki madhuban kē|K purūṣhārth kī|key lahar bhī chārō̃ ōr phailtī hai . kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] chārō̃ ōr[x] phailnā[pres.sg.f.23] . because Madhuban (of|K) effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave too everywhere spread[pres.sg.f.23] .
457You have a responsibility, because everyone easily follows the Madhuban niwasis.
420मधुबन वाले भट्टी करते हैं , तपस्या पावरफुल करते हैं तो चारों ओर वह वायब्रेशन जाता है . madhuban vālē bhaṭṭī kartē haĩ , tapasyā powerful kartē haĩ tō chārō̃ ōr vah vibration jātā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] powerful karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō chārō̃ ōr[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] vibration jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . Madhuban those who bhatti do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tapasya powerful do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then everywhere that vibrations go[pres.sg.m.23] .
458So, this year, have you made a special plan for making intense effort? 459Because the wave of effort in Madhuban spreads in all four directions.
421तो कुछ नया तीव्र गति का प्लैन बनाओ . tō kuchh nayā tīvr gati kā plan banāō . tō kuchh nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then anything new intense speed of plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
460So now create a new plan for intense effort.
422जैसे कोई भी बड़ा स्थान बनाते हैं तो पहले क्या करते हैं ? jaisē kōī bhī baṛā sthān banātē haĩ tō pahlē kyā kartē haĩ ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī bhī[x] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? like anyone very place create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then (x|firstly) what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
461When a new place is created, what do they do first?
423ज्ञान सरोवर बनाना था तो पहले मॉडल बनाया ना . gyān sarōvar banānā thā tō pahlē model banāyā nā . gyān sarōvar[x] banānā[past.m.sg.oblig1] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] model[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . Gyan Sarovar create[past.m.sg.oblig1] then (x|firstly) model create[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
462When Gyan Sarovar had to be built, a model was constructed.
424तो मधुबन निवासी हैं मॉडल . tō madhuban nivāsī haĩ model . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] model[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then Madhuban resident be[pres.pl.12hon3] model .
463And so, Madhuban niwasis are models.
425तो जितना मॉडल वैल्युएबुल होता है , उतना ही ओरीज्नल मकान भी वैल्युएबुल होता है . tō jitnā model valuable hōtā hai , utnā hī original makān bhī valuable hōtā hai . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] model[n.m.;sg.,d.] valuable hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] original makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] valuable hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then the more model valuable be[pres.sg.m.23] , x only original building too valuable be[pres.sg.m.23] .
464The more valuable the models are, the more valuable the original building will be.
426निमित्त तो मॉडल ही बनता है ना . nimitt tō model hī bantā hai nā . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō model[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . instrument then model only become[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
465The model is an instrument.
427कोई नया प्लैन बनाया है ? kōī nayā plan banāyā hai ? kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? some new plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
466Have you created any new plans?
428क्योंकि मधुबन निवासी इन्वेन्टर हैं ना . kyōṅki madhuban nivāsī inventor haĩ nā . kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] inventor hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . because Madhuban resident inventor be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ . 429 ( आपने जो होमवर्क दिया वह करेंगे ) अच्छा , मधुबन निवासी पहले मधुबन के ग्रुप में प्रयोग करके अनुभव सुनायेंगे तो सबमें उमंग-उत्साह आयेगा . ( āpnē jō homework diyā vah karē̃gē ) achchhā , madhuban nivāsī pahlē madhuban kē|K group mē̃ prayōg karkē anubhav sunāyēṅgē tō sabmē̃ umaṅg-utsāh āyēgā . ( āp[pn.pl.nē] jō[pn.;d.] home work dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K group mē̃[postp.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sabmē̃ umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . ( you[.nē] that homework give[past-part.m.sg.d.] that do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) achcha , Madhuban resident (x|firstly) Madhuban (of|K) group in experiment do[abs.] experience speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then x zeal and enthusiasm come[fut.m.sg.23] .
467Madhuban niwasis are inventors are they not? (“We will do whatever homework you have given”) If the Madhuban niwasis first experience this within the Madhuban group, and then share their experience, then everyone will have zeal.
430जिसको भी देखें सबका एक दृढ़ संकल्प हो तो संगठन का बल तो मिलता है ना . jiskō bhī dēkhē̃ sabkā ēk dr̥iṛh saṅkalp hō tō saṅgaṭhan kā bal tō miltā hai nā . jō[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . that[.kō] too see[opt.pl.12hon3] everyone's one determined thought (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then gathering of strength then receive[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
468If everyone you see has the same determined thought, then of course you receive the power of the gathering.
431मधुबन की यही विशेषता सभी को प्रिय लगती है कि हर आत्मा का हर कर्म विशेष हो . madhuban kī|key yahī viśhēṣhtā sabhī kō priya lagtī hai ki har|her ātmā kā har|her karma viśhēṣh hō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yahī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] priy[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this speciality all to having love for x[pres.sg.f.23] that (x|x[root]) soul of (x|x[root]) deed special (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 432साधारण नहीं . sādhāraṇ nahī̃ . sādhāraṇ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . ordinary not . 433क्योंकि यहाँ सहयोग बहुत है . kyōṅki yahā̃ sahyōg bahut hai . kyōṅki yahā̃ sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because here cooperation very be[pres.sg.23] .
469Everyone loves the speciality of Madhuban: that every action of every soul special, not ordinary, because there is a lot of co-operation here.
434एक तो सभी आत्माओं की शुभ भावना का मधुबन निवासियों को बहुत सहयोग है . ēk tō sabhī ātmāō̃ kī|key śhubh bhāvnā kā madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kō bahut sahyōg hai . ēk[adj.] tō sab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhubh bhāvnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one then all soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) pure feeling of Madhuban resident to very cooperation be[pres.sg.23] .
470Firstly Madhuban niwasis have a lot of co- operation from the good wishes of everyone.
435कोई भी बात होगी तो सभी की भावना पहले मधुबन के तरफ जाती है . kōī bhī bāt hōgī tō sabhī kī|key bhāvnā pahlē madhuban kē|K taraph jātī hai . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . anyone matter be[fut.f.sg.23] then all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling (x|firstly) Madhuban (of|K) direction go[pres.sg.f.23] .
471When anything happens, everyone’s feelings first turn towards Madhuban.
436वायुमण्डल की , पढ़ाई की , बाहर के पोल्युशन की कितनी मदद है यहाँ मधुबन में . vāyumaṇḍal kī|key , paṛhāī kī , bāhar kē|K pōlyuśan kī|key kitnī madad hai yahā̃ madhuban mē̃ . vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , paṛhānā[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] , bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yahā̃ madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . atmosphere (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , teach[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] , outside (of|K) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) so x be[pres.sg.23] here Madhuban in .
472Madhuban has so much help from the atmosphere, the study, and the lack of external pollution.
437प्रकृति की पोल्युशन भी नहीं है . prakr̥iti kī|key pōlyuśan bhī nahī̃ hai . prakr̥iti[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x too not be[pres.sg.23] .
473There isn’t any pollution of nature either.
438तो रिजल्ट में मधुबन निवासी सभी किस माला में आयेंगे ? tō result mē̃ madhuban nivāsī sabhī kis mālā mē̃ āyēṅgē ? tō result mē̃[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then result in Madhuban resident all (what|who) garland in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
474So, in which rosary will the Madhuban niwasis come?
439पहली माला या दूसरी माला ? pahlī mālā yā dūsrī mālā ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] yā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] ? x garland or other garland ?
475The first rosary, or the second rosary?
440पहली में . pahlī mē̃ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mē̃[postp.] . x in .
476In the first.
441सारी सीट मधुबन वाले ही लेंगे ? sārī seat madhuban vālē hī lē̃gē ? sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] seat madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? the whole seat Madhuban those who only take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
477Will the Madhuban niwasis claim all the seats?
442सभी खज़ानों से भरपूर हो ना ? sabhī khazānō̃ sē bharpūr hō nā ? sab[adv.hī] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? all treasure from full (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ? 443कि कोई कमी है ? ki kōī kamī hai ? ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that some x be[pres.sg.23] ?
478Are all of you overflowing with all treasures, or are you lacking anything?
444कोई सैलवेशन चाहिए ? kōī salvation chāhiē ? kōī[pn.;d.] salvation chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? some salvation (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
479Do you need any facilities?
445कि सदा तृप्त आत्मायें हो ? ki sadā tr̥ipt ātmāyē̃ hō ? ki[conj.] sadā tr̥ipt[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? that constantly fully satisfied soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
480Or are you constantly contented souls?
446सभी ज्ञान केखज़ानों में भी भरपूर , शक्तियों में भी भरपूर , गुणों में भी भरपूर ? sabhī gyān kēkhazānō̃ mē̃ bhī bharpūr , śhaktiyō̃ mē̃ bhī bharpūr , guṇō̃ mē̃ bhī bharpūr ? sab[adv.hī] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] x mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bharpūr[adj.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bharpūr[adj.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bharpūr[adj.] ? all knowledge x in too full , Shakti in too full , virtue in too full ?
481All of you are overflowing with the treasures of knowledge, overflowing with the powers and the virtues.
447 ( हाँ जी ) गुणमूर्त देखना हो तो कहाँ देखें ? ( hā̃ jī ) guṇmūrt dēkhnā hō tō kahā̃ dēkhē̃ ? ( hā̃ jī[x] ) guṇmūrt[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō kahā̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? ( yes ) image of virtues see[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then where see[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
482If you want to see someone who is and embodiment of the virtues, where should you look?
448मधुबन में या और स्थानों में ? madhuban mē̃ yā aur sthānō̃ mē̃ ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā aur sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ? Madhuban in or and place in ?
483Madhuban is number one in everything.
449सबमें मधुबन नम्बरवन . sabmē̃ madhuban number one . sabmē̃ madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] number one . x Madhuban number one . 450जिसको जब देखें जहाँ देखें गुणमूर्त , शक्तिमूर्त , ज्ञान मूर्त , साधारण नहीं . jiskō jab dēkhē̃ jahā̃ dēkhē̃ guṇmūrt , śaktimūrta , gyān mūrt , sādhāraṇ nahī̃ . jō[pn.sg.kō] jab dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jahā̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] guṇmūrt[n.f.;sg.] , x , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . that[.kō] when see[opt.pl.12hon3] where there see[opt.pl.12hon3] image of virtues , x , knowledge image , ordinary not .
484Whomsoever you see, whenever you see, they are an embodiment of virtues, an embodiment of powers, and and embodiment of knowledge: they are not ordinary.
451मधुबन माना ही विशेष . madhuban mānā hī viśhēṣh . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] . Madhuban (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) only special .
485Madhuban means special.
452मधुबन वाले बेफ़्रिक बादशाह तो हैं ही या कोईफ़्रिक रहता है ? madhuban vālē bēfrik bādśhāh tō haĩ hī yā kōīfrik rahtā hai ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] yā x rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? Madhuban those who x emperor then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only or x remain[pres.sg.m.23] ? 453 ( सम्पूर्ण बनने का ) यह फ़्रिक फखर में लाता है . ( sampūrṇ bannē kā ) yah frik phakhar mē̃ lātā hai . ( sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] x x mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.m.23] . ( complete become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of ) this x x in x[pres.sg.m.23] .
486Madhuban niwasis are carefree emperors anyway. 487Or do you have some worries? (“we have the concern of becoming complete”) This concern brings intoxication.
454फ़्रिक , फ़्रिकनहीं है फखर है . frik , frikanahī̃ hai phakhar hai . x , x hōnā[pres.sg.23] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x , x be[pres.sg.23] x be[pres.sg.23] .
488This worry is not a worry: it is spiritual intoxication.
455बनना ही है . bannā hī hai . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 456अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
489You have to become this.
457मधुबन निवासियों के तीव्र पुरूषार्थ का सलोगन कौन सा है ? madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kē|K tīvr purūṣhārth kā salōgan kaun sā hai ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x kaun sā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Madhuban resident (of|K) intense effort of x which be[pres.sg.23] ? 458 ( जो कर्म हम करेंगे हमें देख और करेंगे ) सलोगन ठीक सुनाया . ( jō karma ham karē̃gē hamē̃ dēkh aur karē̃gē ) salōgan ṭhīk sunāyā . ( jō[pn.;d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] aur karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) x ṭhīk[adj.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . ( that deed we do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] we[.kō] see[root] and do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) x OK speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
490What is the slogan of the intense effort of Madhuban niwasis? (“Whatever actions others see us perform, they will do the same”) You have spoken the correct slogan.
459जो भी कर्म करो पहले यह सलोगन याद रखो कि जो हम करेंगे वह सब करेंगे . jō bhī karma karō pahlē yah salōgan yād rakhō ki jō ham karē̃gē vah sab karē̃gē . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] x yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] ham[pn.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that too deed do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x|firstly) this x remember that that we do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that all do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
491Whatever actions you perform, first of all remember the slogan that: whatever you do, others will do the same.
460तो स्वतः ही विशेष कर्म होगा . tō svataḥ hī viśhēṣh karma hōgā . tō svataḥ hī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then automatically only special deed be[fut.m.sg.23] .
492Then you will automatically perform special actions.
461अच्छा , बाकी कारोबार तो ठीक चल रही है ना . achchhā , bākī kārōbār tō ṭhīk chal rahī hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bākī|bākī kārōbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] nā . achcha , (but|others) x then OK continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ∅ .
493Achcha. 494All activities are functioning well, are they not?
462सबकी डिपार्टमेंट ठीक है ? sabkī department ṭhīk hai ? sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] department ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? everyone's x OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
495Is everyone’s department alright?
463अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
496Achcha.
464जब स्व के प्रति प्रयोग में सफल हो जायेंगे तो दूसरी आत्माओं के प्रति प्रयोग करना सहज हो जायेगा और जब स्व के प्रति सफलता अनुभव करेंगे तो आपके दिल में औरों के प्रति प्रयोग करने का उमंग-उत्साह स्वतः ही बढ़ता जायेगा . jab sva kē prati prayōg mē̃ saphal hō jāyēṅgē tō dūsrī ātmāō̃ kē prati prayōg karnā sahaj hō jāyēgā aur jab sva kē prati saphaltā anubhav karē̃gē tō āpkē dil mē̃ aurō̃ kē prati prayōg karnē kā umaṅg-utsāh svataḥ hī baṛhtā jāyēgā . jab sva kē prati[x] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] aur jab sva kē prati[x] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aurō̃ kē prati[x] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . when x for experiment in successful be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then other soul for experiment do[inf.m.sg.d.] easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] and when x for success experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then you[.kē] heart in others for experiment do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of zeal and enthusiasm automatically only grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . 465अन्य आत्माओं के सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में स्व के प्रयोग द्वारा उन आत्माओं को भी आपके प्रयोग का प्रभाव स्वतः ही पड़ता रहेगा . anya ātmāō̃ kē|K sambandh-sampark mē̃ sva kē|K prayōg dvārā un ātmāō̃ kō bhī āpkē prayōg kā prabhāv svataḥ hī paṛtā rahēgā . anya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sva kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā vah[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . other soul (of|K) x in x (of|K) experiment through that soul to too you[.kē] experiment of x automatically only fall[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
497* * * O MS H A N T I * * *